diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'source')
40 files changed, 1008 insertions, 1054 deletions
diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp index aedd63e863..e6c287ca2c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,11 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidecopytable2applicationxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Data From Spreadsheets</title> +<title id="tit">Inserting Data From Spreadsheets</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -30,38 +27,40 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154186"><bookmark_value>charts;copying with link to source cell range</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154186"><bookmark_value>charts;copying with link to source cell range</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; cell ranges from spreadsheets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;cell ranges from spreadsheets</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>presentations;inserting spreadsheet cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;inserting spreadsheet cells</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;copying data to other applications</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "tables;" and added "charts;" and "tables in spreadsheets;"</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154186" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="copytable2application"><link href="text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp">Inserting Data From Spreadsheets</link> -</variable></paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154186"><variable id="copytable2application"><link href="text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp">Inserting Data From Spreadsheets</link> +</variable></h1> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US">Use the clipboard to copy the contents of a single cell. You can also copy a formula from a cell into the clipboard (for example, from the input line of the formula bar) so that the formula can be inserted into a text.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147088">Use the clipboard to copy the contents of a single cell. You can also copy a formula from a cell into the clipboard (for example, from the input line of the formula bar) so that the formula can be inserted into a text.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US">To copy a cell range into a text document, select the cell range in the sheet and then use either the clipboard or drag-and-drop to insert the cells into the text document. You will then find an OLE object in the text document, which you can edit further.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145345">To copy a cell range into a text document, select the cell range in the sheet and then use either the clipboard or drag-and-drop to insert the cells into the text document. You will then find an OLE object in the text document, which you can edit further.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US">If you drag cells to the normal view of a presentation document, the cells will be inserted there as an OLE object. If you drag cells into the outline view, each cell will form a line of the outline view.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146957">If you drag cells to the normal view of a presentation document, the cells will be inserted there as an OLE object. If you drag cells into the outline view, each cell will form a line of the outline view.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148538" xml-lang="en-US">When you copy a cell range from $[officename] Calc to the clipboard, the drawing objects, OLE objects and charts within this range are also copied.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148538">When you copy a cell range from $[officename] Calc to the clipboard, the drawing objects, OLE objects and charts within this range are also copied.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US">If you insert a cell range with an enclosed chart, the chart will keep its link to the source cell range only if you copied the chart and the source cell range together.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153031">If you insert a cell range with an enclosed chart, the chart will keep its link to the source cell range only if you copied the chart and the source cell range together.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<switch select="appl"> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/> </case> </switch> <embed href="text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp#copytext2application"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp#copy_drawfunctions"/> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp index 334bdbf532..898fb5b465 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,11 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidecopytext2applicationxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Data From Text Documents</title> +<title id="tit">Inserting Data From Text Documents</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -30,7 +27,7 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3152924"><bookmark_value>sending; AutoAbstract function in presentations</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152924"><bookmark_value>sending; AutoAbstract function in presentations</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoAbstract function for sending text to presentations</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>outlines; sending to presentations</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; copying by drag and drop</bookmark_value> @@ -39,48 +36,48 @@ <bookmark_value>copying;data from text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;data from text documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw added "pasting; and changed "drag and drop;""</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152924" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="copytext2application"><link href="text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp">Inserting Data From Text Documents</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert text into other document types, such as spreadsheets and presentations. Note that there is a difference between whether the text is inserted into a frame, a spreadsheet cell, or into the outline view of a presentation.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3152924"><variable id="copytext2application"><link href="text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp">Inserting Data From Text Documents</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426">You can insert text into other document types, such as spreadsheets and presentations. Note that there is a difference between whether the text is inserted into a frame, a spreadsheet cell, or into the outline view of a presentation.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US">If you copy text to the clipboard, you can paste it with or without text attributes. Use the shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V to paste.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147576">If you copy text to the clipboard, you can paste it with or without text attributes. Use the shortcut keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V to paste.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <table id="tbl_id3166460"> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152349" xml-lang="en-US"> -<image id="img_id3143270" src="cmd/sc_paste.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3143270" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image></paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152349"> +<image id="img_id3143270" src="cmd/lc_paste.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3143270">Icon Paste</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158430" xml-lang="en-US">To select the format in which the clipboard contents will be pasted, click the arrow next to the <emph>Paste</emph> icon on the Standard bar, or choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, then select the proper format.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158430">To select the format in which the clipboard contents will be pasted, click the arrow next to the <emph>Paste</emph> icon on the Standard bar, or choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, then select the proper format.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156155" xml-lang="en-US">If a text document contains headings formatted with the Heading Paragraph Style, choose <emph>File - Send - Outline to Presentation</emph>. A new presentation document is created, which contains the headings as an outline.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156155">If a text document contains headings formatted with the Heading Paragraph Style, choose <emph>File - Send - Outline to Presentation</emph>. A new presentation document is created, which contains the headings as an outline.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145316" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to transfer each heading together with its accompanying paragraphs, select the <emph>File - Send - AutoAbstract to Presentation</emph> command. You must have formatted the headings with a corresponding Paragraph Style to be able to see this command.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145316">If you want to transfer each heading together with its accompanying paragraphs, select the <emph>File - Send - AutoAbstract to Presentation</emph> command. You must have formatted the headings with a corresponding Paragraph Style to be able to see this command.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id3156024">Copying Text Using Drag-and-Drop</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147303" xml-lang="en-US">If you select text and drag it into a spreadsheet with drag-and-drop, it will be inserted as text into the cell where you release the mouse.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147303">If you select text and drag it into a spreadsheet with drag-and-drop, it will be inserted as text into the cell where you release the mouse.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149655" xml-lang="en-US">If you drag text to the normal view of a presentation, an OLE object is inserted as a $[officename] plug-in.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149655">If you drag text to the normal view of a presentation, an OLE object is inserted as a $[officename] plug-in.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150793" xml-lang="en-US">If you drag the text to the outline view of a presentation, it will be inserted at the cursor location.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150793">If you drag the text to the outline view of a presentation, it will be inserted at the cursor location.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp#copytable2application"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp#copy_drawfunctions"/> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/copytable2application.xhp#copytable2application"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp#copy_drawfunctions"/> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp index c4aace0702..817b48bbb5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -21,12 +19,12 @@ <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidectlxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Languages Using Complex Text Layout</title> +<title id="tit">Languages Using Complex Text Layout</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153662"><bookmark_value>CTL;complex text layout languages</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153662"><bookmark_value>CTL;complex text layout languages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>languages;complex text layout</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text;CTL languages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text layout for special languages</bookmark_value> @@ -38,38 +36,40 @@ <bookmark_value>Arabic;entering text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Thai;entering text</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw made "text layout;" a one level entry</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153662" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="ctl"><link href="text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp">Languages Using Complex Text Layout</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147618" xml-lang="en-US">Currently, $[officename] supports Hindi, Thai, Hebrew, and Arabic as <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#ctl">CTL languages</link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155420" xml-lang="en-US">If you select the text flow from right to left, embedded Western text still runs from left to right. The cursor responds to the arrow keys in that Right Arrow moves it "to the text end" and Left Arrow "to the text start".</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145609" xml-lang="en-US">You can change the text writing direction directly by pressing one of the following key combinations:</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3153662"><variable id="ctl"><link href="text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp">Languages Using Complex Text Layout</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147618">Currently, $[officename] supports Hindi, Thai, Hebrew, and Arabic as <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#ctl">CTL languages</link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155420">If you select the text flow from right to left, embedded Western text still runs from left to right. The cursor responds to the arrow keys in that Right Arrow moves it "to the text end" and Left Arrow "to the text start".</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145609">You can change the text writing direction directly by pressing one of the following key combinations:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154758" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+D or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Right Shift Key - switch to right-to-left text entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154758"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+D or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Right Shift Key - switch to right-to-left text entry</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149047" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+A or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Left Shift Key - switch to left-to-right text entry</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149047"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+A or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Left Shift Key - switch to left-to-right text entry</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149656" xml-lang="en-US">The modifier-only key combinations only work when CTL support is enabled.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149656">The modifier-only key combinations only work when CTL support is enabled.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150541" xml-lang="en-US">In multicolumn pages, sections or frames that are formatted with text flow from right to left, the first column is the right column and the last column is the left column.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148797" xml-lang="en-US">In $[officename] Writer text formatted in <emph>Thai language</emph> has the following features:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150541">In multicolumn pages, sections or frames that are formatted with text flow from right to left, the first column is the right column and the last column is the left column.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148797">In $[officename] Writer text formatted in <emph>Thai language</emph> has the following features:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US">In paragraphs with justified alignment, the characters are stretched to flush the lines at the margins. In other languages the spaces between words are stretched.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156280">In paragraphs with justified alignment, the characters are stretched to flush the lines at the margins. In other languages the spaces between words are stretched.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154909" xml-lang="en-US">Use the Delete key to delete a whole composite character. Use the Backspace key to delete the last part of the previous composite character.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154909">Use the Delete key to delete a whole composite character. Use the Backspace key to delete the last part of the previous composite character.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149809" xml-lang="en-US">Use the Right or Left Arrow key to jump to the next or previous whole composite character. To position the cursor into a composite character, use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow key.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149809">Use the Right or Left Arrow key to jump to the next or previous whole composite character. To position the cursor into a composite character, use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow key.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp#language_select"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145786" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp">Language Settings - Languages</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153770" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhp">Language Settings - Complex Text Layout</link></paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp#language_select"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145786"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp">Language Settings - Languages</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153770"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhp">Language Settings - Complex Text Layout</link></paragraph> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp index 3eb400d789..c2d021a78c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp @@ -1,7 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -19,63 +16,63 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidedata_dbase2officexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Importing and Exporting Data in Text Format</title> +<title id="tit">Importing and Exporting Data in Text Format</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3157896"><bookmark_value>databases; text formats</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3157896"><bookmark_value>databases; text formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text formats; databases</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>importing; tables in text format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exporting; spreadsheets to text format</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154824" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_dbase2office"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp">Importing and Exporting Data in Text Format</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to exchange data with a database that does not have an ODBC link and does not allow dBASE import and export, you can use a common text format.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154824"><variable id="data_dbase2office"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp">Importing and Exporting Data in Text Format</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147088">If you want to exchange data with a database that does not have an ODBC link and does not allow dBASE import and export, you can use a common text format.</paragraph> <h2 id="hd_id3145313">Importing Data into $[officename]</h2> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US">To exchange data in a text format use the $[officename] Calc import/export filter.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147275">To exchange data in a text format use the $[officename] Calc import/export filter.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145382" xml-lang="en-US">Export the desired data from the source database in a text format. The CSV text format is recommended. This format separates data fields by using delimiters such as commas or semi-colons, and separates records by inserting line breaks.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145382">Export the desired data from the source database in a text format. The CSV text format is recommended. This format separates data fields by using delimiters such as commas or semi-colons, and separates records by inserting line breaks.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153821" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp"><emph>Open</emph></link> and click the file to import.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153821">Choose <emph>File - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp"><emph>Open</emph></link> and click the file to import.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id1977904" xml-lang="en-US">Select "Text CSV" from the <emph>File type</emph> combo box. Click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id1977904">Select "Text CSV" from the <emph>File type</emph> combo box. Click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150771" xml-lang="en-US">The <link href="text/shared/00/00000208.xhp"><emph>Text Import</emph></link> dialog appears. Decide which data to include from the text document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150771">The <link href="text/shared/00/00000208.xhp"><emph>Text Import</emph></link> dialog appears. Decide which data to include from the text document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150986" xml-lang="en-US">Once the data is in a $[officename] Calc spreadsheet, you can edit it as needed. Save the data as a $[officename] data source:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150986">Once the data is in a $[officename] Calc spreadsheet, you can edit it as needed. Save the data as a $[officename] data source:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149762" xml-lang="en-US">Save the current $[officename] Calc spreadsheet in dBASE format in the folder of a dBASE database. To do this, choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>, then select the <emph>File type</emph> "dBASE" and the folder of the dBASE database.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149762">Save the current $[officename] Calc spreadsheet in dBASE format in the folder of a dBASE database. To do this, choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>, then select the <emph>File type</emph> "dBASE" and the folder of the dBASE database.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id3150400">Exporting in CSV Text Format</h2> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154140" xml-lang="en-US">You can export the current $[officename] spreadsheet in a text format which can be read by many other applications.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154140">You can export the current $[officename] spreadsheet in a text format which can be read by many other applications.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152933" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152933">Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154216" xml-lang="en-US">In <emph>File type</emph> select the filter "Text CSV". Enter a file name and click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154216">In <emph>File type</emph> select the filter "Text CSV". Enter a file name and click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154908" xml-lang="en-US">This opens the <link href="text/shared/00/00000207.xhp"><emph>Export of text files</emph></link> dialog, in which you can select the character set, field delimiter and text delimiter. Click <emph>OK</emph>. A warning informs you that only the active sheet was saved.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154908">This opens the <link href="text/shared/00/00000207.xhp"><emph>Export of text files</emph></link> dialog, in which you can select the character set, field delimiter and text delimiter. Click <emph>OK</emph>. A warning informs you that only the active sheet was saved.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/data_im_export.xhp#data_im_export"/> <switch select="appl"> -<case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/dbase_files.xhp#dbase_files"/> -</case> -</switch></body> +<case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/dbase_files.xhp#dbase_files"/></case> +</switch> +</section> +</body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp index b4a1e69479..f15716a25a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp @@ -1,7 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -19,17 +16,15 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidedata_reportxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using and Editing Database Reports </title> +<title id="tit">Using and Editing Database Reports </title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147834"><bookmark_value>database reports</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147834"><bookmark_value>database reports</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>data sources;reports</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>reports;opening and editing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>editing;reports</bookmark_value> @@ -37,41 +32,43 @@ <bookmark_value>templates;database reports</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>reports;templates</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149178" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_report"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp">Using and Editing Database Reports</link> -</variable></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147834" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3149178"><variable id="data_report"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp">Using and Editing Database Reports</link> +</variable></h1> <h2 id="hd_id3145609">Using a Report</h2> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147265" xml-lang="en-US">%PRODUCTNAME stores the information about the created reports in the database file.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147265">%PRODUCTNAME stores the information about the created reports in the database file.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154758" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the database file.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154758">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the database file.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151054" xml-lang="en-US">In the database file window, click the <emph>Reports</emph> icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151054">In the database file window, click the <emph>Reports</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click one of the report names to open the report.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_idN1077D" xml-lang="en-US">These links are added automatically when you create a new report by the Report Wizard or in the Report Builder window.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156280">Double-click one of the report names to open the report.</paragraph> +<note id="par_idN1077D">These links are added automatically when you create a new report by the Report Wizard or in the Report Builder window.</note> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id1695608">Editing a Report Created in the Report Builder Window</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7510910" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click the name of a report in the database file window, then choose Edit.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7510910">Right-click the name of a report in the database file window, then choose Edit.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8138065" xml-lang="en-US">The Report Builder window opens with the report's information loaded. </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5086825" xml-lang="en-US">Use the toolbars and menu commands and drag-and-drop to edit the report as stated in the <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> guide.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4747154" xml-lang="en-US">Execute the report to see the resulting report document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8138065">The Report Builder window opens with the report's information loaded. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5086825">Use the toolbars and menu commands and drag-and-drop to edit the report as stated in the <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> guide.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4747154">Execute the report to see the resulting report document.</paragraph> <h2 id="hd_id3153104">Editing a Report Created by the Report Wizard</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3125863" xml-lang="en-US">On the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp">last dialog page of the Report Wizard</link>, you can choose to edit the report template before you use the report.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3125863">On the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp">last dialog page of the Report Wizard</link>, you can choose to edit the report template before you use the report.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155431" xml-lang="en-US">You can edit the page styles for the first page and the following pages of the report as well as the paragraph styles, the number formats, the printed field labels, and more.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="warning" id="par_idN107D7" xml-lang="en-US">Unless you have a thorough understanding of the database the report accesses, do not edit the SQL statement, database name, the hidden form controls, or the related information on the report.</paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155431">You can edit the page styles for the first page and the following pages of the report as well as the paragraph styles, the number formats, the printed field labels, and more.</paragraph> +<warning id="par_idN107D7">Unless you have a thorough understanding of the database the report accesses, do not edit the SQL statement, database name, the hidden form controls, or the related information on the report.</warning> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp index 4dc4d498d2..0973ddaf9b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp @@ -1,7 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -19,118 +16,116 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidedata_reportsxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating Reports </title> +<title id="tit">Creating Reports </title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3729667"><bookmark_value>databases;creating reports</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3729667"><bookmark_value>databases;creating reports</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>reports;creating</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wizards;reports</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_reports"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp">Creating Reports</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C1" xml-lang="en-US">A report is a Writer text document that can show your data in an organized order and formatting. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, you have a choice to create a report either manually using drag-and-drop in the Report Builder window, or semi-automatic by following a series of dialogs in the Report Wizard. </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4094363" xml-lang="en-US">The following list gives you some information to decide which method to use for your data:</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN105A3"><variable id="data_reports"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp">Creating Reports</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C1">A report is a Writer text document that can show your data in an organized order and formatting. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, you have a choice to create a report either manually using drag-and-drop in the Report Builder window, or semi-automatic by following a series of dialogs in the Report Wizard. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4094363">The following list gives you some information to decide which method to use for your data:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id1888180"> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id8514358" xml-lang="en-US">Report Builder</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id8514358">Report Builder</paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id9764091" xml-lang="en-US">Report Wizard</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id9764091">Report Wizard</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1579638" xml-lang="en-US">Started by "Create Report in Design View" command.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1579638">Started by "Create Report in Design View" command.</paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1886959" xml-lang="en-US">Started by "Use Wizard to Create Report" command.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1886959">Started by "Use Wizard to Create Report" command.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id455030" xml-lang="en-US">Full flexibility to use report headers and footers, page headers and footers, multi-column reports.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id455030">Full flexibility to use report headers and footers, page headers and footers, multi-column reports.</paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id8409985" xml-lang="en-US">Uses a Writer template to generate a report document.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id8409985">Uses a Writer template to generate a report document.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id5931272" xml-lang="en-US">Use drag-and-drop to position the record fields or other design elements like pictures or lines.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id5931272">Use drag-and-drop to position the record fields or other design elements like pictures or lines.</paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id9869075" xml-lang="en-US">Select from several given choices to arrange the data records.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id9869075">Select from several given choices to arrange the data records.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id8611713" xml-lang="en-US">Generates a one-time snapshot of the data. To see an updated report, execute the same report again to create a Writer document with the updated data.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id8611713">Generates a one-time snapshot of the data. To see an updated report, execute the same report again to create a Writer document with the updated data.</paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id2866908" xml-lang="en-US">You can choose to generate a one-time snapshot with fixed data, or a "live" report with links to the current data at the time when you open the Base file.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id2866908">You can choose to generate a one-time snapshot with fixed data, or a "live" report with links to the current data at the time when you open the Base file.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id4169743" xml-lang="en-US">Saves the report as a Writer text document. Stores the information how to create the report inside the Base file.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id4169743">Saves the report as a Writer text document. Stores the information how to create the report inside the Base file.</paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id408948" xml-lang="en-US">Saves the report and the information how to create the report inside the Base file.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id408948">Saves the report and the information how to create the report inside the Base file.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id2891933" xml-lang="en-US">Choose Open in the context menu or double-click the report name to create a new report with the current data.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id2891933">Choose Open in the context menu or double-click the report name to create a new report with the current data.</paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id6142765" xml-lang="en-US">Choose Open in the context menu or double-click the report name to either see again the static snapshot of the data from first creation time, or to create a new report with the current data. This depends on your choice on the last page of the wizard.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id6142765">Choose Open in the context menu or double-click the report name to either see again the static snapshot of the data from first creation time, or to create a new report with the current data. This depends on your choice on the last page of the wizard.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1757560" xml-lang="en-US">Choose Edit in the context menu of a report name to open the Report Builder window, with the report's information loaded.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id1757560">Choose Edit in the context menu of a report name to open the Report Builder window, with the report's information loaded.</paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id4649189" xml-lang="en-US">Choose Edit in the context menu of a report name to edit the Writer template file that was used to create the report.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id4649189">Choose Edit in the context menu of a report name to edit the Writer template file that was used to create the report.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> <h2 id="hd_id8414258">Creating a New Report Manually In Design View</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3119602" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new report.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3119602">Open the database file where you want to create the new report.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4226508" xml-lang="en-US">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Reports</emph> icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4226508">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Reports</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5758842" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Create Report in Design View</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5758842">Click <emph>Create Report in Design View</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4870754" xml-lang="en-US">Follow the instructions in the <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> guide.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4870754">Follow the instructions in the <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> guide.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="par_idN105C4">Creating a New Report With the Report Wizard</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DC" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new report.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DC">Open the database file where you want to create the new report.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E0" xml-lang="en-US">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Reports</emph> icon.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E0">In the left pane of the database window, click the <emph>Reports</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E8" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Report</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E8">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Report</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8032166" xml-lang="en-US">Follow the steps of the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp">Report Wizard</link> to create the report.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8032166">Follow the steps of the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp">Report Wizard</link> to create the report.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp index 16e431ce7c..e2911c1e12 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,11 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidedata_searchxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Searching Tables and Form Documents</title> +<title id="tit">Searching Tables and Form Documents</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -30,27 +27,27 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id4066896"><bookmark_value>finding;records in form documents</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id4066896"><bookmark_value>finding;records in form documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>forms;finding records</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching;tables and forms</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154186" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_search"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp">Searching Tables and Form Documents</link> -</variable></paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154186"><variable id="data_search"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp">Searching Tables and Form Documents</link> +</variable></h1> <table id="tbl_id3149346"> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US"> -<image id="img_id3153311" src="cmd/sc_recsearch.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3153311" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image></paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147088"><image id="img_id3153311" src="cmd/sc_recsearch.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3153311">Icon Search</alt></image></paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149178" xml-lang="en-US">In spreadsheets and documents in which form controls are used, you can click the <emph>Find Record</emph> icon on the form bar to open a dialog to find any text and values. </paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149178">In spreadsheets and documents in which form controls are used, you can click the <emph>Find Record</emph> icon on the form bar to open a dialog to find any text and values. </paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US">You can search in one or in all data fields. You can select whether the text must be at the beginning, end or any location of the data field. You also can use the ? and * wildcards, as in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog. You can find additional information about the database search function in the <link href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp">$[officename] Help</link>.</paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp#data_search2"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149811">You can search in one or in all data fields. You can select whether the text must be at the beginning, end or any location of the data field. You also can use the ? and * wildcards, as in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog. You can find additional information about the database search function in the <link href="text/shared/02/12100200.xhp">$[officename] Help</link>.</paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp#data_search2"/> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp index 928fbe6ac5..b42a06d2e4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp @@ -1,7 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -19,17 +16,15 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidedata_search2xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Searching With a Form Filter</title> +<title id="tit">Searching With a Form Filter</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id8772545"><bookmark_value>form filters</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id8772545"><bookmark_value>form filters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databases;form filters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>searching; form filters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>removing;form filters</bookmark_value> @@ -37,40 +32,81 @@ <bookmark_value>data;filtering in forms</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>forms; filtering data</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>data, see also values</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW inserted a cross-reference</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156042" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_search2"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp">Searching With a Form Filter</link> -</variable></paragraph> +</bookmark><comment>MW inserted a cross-reference</comment><h1 id="hd_id3156042"><variable id="data_search2"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_search2.xhp">Searching With a Form Filter</link> +</variable></h1> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149182" xml-lang="en-US">Open a form document that contains database fields.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159157" xml-lang="en-US">As an example, open an empty text document and press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Shift + F4 keys. Open the bibliography database table <emph>biblio</emph> in the data source view. While pressing Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, drag a few column headers into the document so that the form fields are created.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149182">Open a form document that contains database fields.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159157">As an example, open an empty text document and press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Shift + F4 keys. Open the bibliography database table <emph>biblio</emph> in the data source view. While pressing Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, drag a few column headers into the document so that the form fields are created.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150984" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Design Mode On/Off</emph> icon -<image id="img_id3147618" src="cmd/sc_switchcontroldesignmode.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3147618" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image> to turn off the design mode.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150984">On the <emph>Form Controls</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Design Mode On/Off</emph> icon to turn off the design mode.</paragraph> +<table id="tab_id741679928774599"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id801679928774600" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_switchcontroldesignmode.svg" id="img_id541679928774601" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id691679928774602">Icon Design Mode</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id651679928774604" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Design Mode On/Off</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148672" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Form-Based Filters</emph> icon -<image id="img_id3149807" src="cmd/sc_formfilter.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image>. The current document is displayed with its form controls as an empty edit mask. The <emph>Form Filter </emph>toolbar appears.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148672">On the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar, click the <emph>Form-Based Filters</emph> icon. The current document is displayed with its form controls as an empty edit mask. The <emph>Form Filter </emph>toolbar appears.</paragraph> + <table id="tab_id711679928863235"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id361679928863236" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/sc_formfilter.png" id="img_id931679928863237" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id881679928863238">Icon Form Navigator</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id861679928863240" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Form Navigator</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149666" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the filter conditions into one or several fields. Note that if you enter filter conditions into several fields, all of the entered conditions must match (Boolean AND).</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149666">Enter the filter conditions into one or several fields. Note that if you enter filter conditions into several fields, all of the entered conditions must match (Boolean AND).</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149481" xml-lang="en-US">More information about wildcards and operators can be found in <link href="text/sdatabase/02010100.xhp">Query Design</link>. </paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterExecute" id="bm_id9819688" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152462" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterExecute">If you click the <emph>Apply Form-Based Filter</emph> icon on the <emph>Form Filter</emph> toolbar, the filter will be applied.</ahelp> You see the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar and can browse through the found records.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterExit" id="bm_id2865336" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145273" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterExit">If you click on the <emph>Close</emph> button on the <emph>Form Filter</emph> toolbar, the form is displayed without a filter.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150114" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <link href="text/shared/02/12120000.xhp"><emph>Apply Filter</emph></link> icon -<image id="img_id3144764" src="cmd/sc_datafilterstandardfilter.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3144764" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image> on the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar to change to the filtered view.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146898" xml-lang="en-US">The filter that has been set can be removed by clicking <link href="text/shared/02/12040000.xhp"><emph>Reset Filter/Sort</emph></link> icon -<image id="img_id3151318" src="cmd/sc_removefiltersort.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3151318" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image>.</paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp#filternavigator"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp#data_search"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149481">More information about wildcards and operators can be found in <link href="text/sdatabase/02010100.xhp">Query Design</link>. </paragraph> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterExecute" id="bm_id9819688" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152462"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterExecute">If you click the <emph>Apply Form-Based Filter</emph> icon on the <emph>Form Filter</emph> toolbar, the filter will be applied.</ahelp> You see the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar and can browse through the found records.</paragraph> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterExit" id="bm_id2865336" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145273"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterExit">If you click on the <emph>Close</emph> button on the <emph>Form Filter</emph> toolbar, the form is displayed without a filter.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150114">Click the <link href="text/shared/02/12120000.xhp"><emph>Apply Filter</emph></link> icon on the <emph>Form Navigation</emph> toolbar to change to the filtered view.</paragraph> +<table id="tab_id381679929261703"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id191679929261704" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_datafilterstandardfilter.svg" id="img_id111679929261705" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id561679929261706">Icon Apply Filter</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id901679929261708" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Apply Filter</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> +</table> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146898">The filter that has been set can be removed by clicking <link href="text/shared/02/12040000.xhp"><emph>Reset Filter/Sort</emph></link> icon.</paragraph> + <table id="tab_id631679929385834"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id551679929385836" role="paragraph"> + <image src="cmd/lc_removefiltersort.svg" id="img_id341679929385837" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id981679929385838">Icon Reset Filter/Sort</alt></image> + </paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph id="par_id501679929385841" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Reset Filter/Sort</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp#filternavigator"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp#data_search"/> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp index f0b877d7d0..428b796000 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp @@ -22,43 +22,44 @@ <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidedata_tabledefinexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Table Design</title> + <title id="tit">Table Design</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155448"><bookmark_value>tables in databases; creating in design view (manually)</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155448"><bookmark_value>tables in databases; creating in design view (manually)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>designing; database tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>properties;fields in databases</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fields;database tables</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>AutoValue (Base)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>primary keys;design view</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW deleted "database tables;" and changed "tables in databases;"</comment><comment>UFI added AutoValue and Primary Key entry - i48831</comment><comment>MW changed Tables in databases, AutoValue and Primary Key entries</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155448" role="paragraph" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149798" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="data_tabledefine"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp">Table Design</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155535" role="paragraph">This section contains information about how to create a new database table in the <link href="text/sdatabase/05010000.xhp">design view</link>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154288" role="paragraph">Open the database file of the database where you want a new table. Click the <emph>Tables</emph> icon. Choose <emph>Create Table in Design View</emph> to create a new table.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146798" role="paragraph">In the Design view, you can now create the fields for your table.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3155448" role="paragraph" localize="false"/> + <h1 id="hd_id3149798"><variable id="data_tabledefine"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp">Table Design</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id3155535" role="paragraph">This section contains information about how to create a new database table in the <link href="text/sdatabase/05010000.xhp">design view</link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154288" role="paragraph">Open the database file of the database where you want a new table. Click the <emph>Tables</emph> icon. Choose <emph>Create Table in Design View</emph> to create a new table.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3146798" role="paragraph">In the Design view, you can now create the fields for your table.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153349" role="listitem">Enter new fields in rows from top to bottom. Click the <emph>Field Name</emph> cell and enter a field name for each data field.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153349" role="listitem">Enter new fields in rows from top to bottom. Click the <emph>Field Name</emph> cell and enter a field name for each data field.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1595507" role="listitem">Include a "primary key" data field. Base needs a primary key to be able to edit the table contents. A primary key has unique contents for each data record. For example, insert a numerical field, right-click the first column, and choose <emph>Primary Key</emph> from the context menu. Set <emph>AutoValue</emph> to "Yes", so Base can automatically increment the value for each new record.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id1595507" role="listitem">Include a "primary key" data field. Base needs a primary key to be able to edit the table contents. A primary key has unique contents for each data record. For example, insert a numerical field, right-click the first column, and choose <emph>Primary Key</emph> from the context menu. Set <emph>AutoValue</emph> to "Yes", so Base can automatically increment the value for each new record.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150084" role="listitem">In the next cell to the right, define the <emph>Field Type</emph>. When you click in the cell, you can select a field type in the combo box.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150084" role="listitem">In the next cell to the right, define the <emph>Field Type</emph>. When you click in the cell, you can select a field type in the combo box.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154760" role="note">Each field can only accept data corresponding to the specified field type. For example, it is not possible to enter text in a number field. Memo fields in dBASE III format are references to internally-managed text files which can hold up to 64 kB text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149456" role="paragraph">You can enter an optional <emph>Description</emph> for each field. The text of the description will appear as a tip on the column headings in the table view.</paragraph> + <note id="par_id3154760">Each field can only accept data corresponding to the specified field type. For example, it is not possible to enter text in a number field. Memo fields in dBASE III format are references to internally-managed text files which can hold up to 64 kB text.</note> + <paragraph id="par_id3149456" role="paragraph">You can enter an optional <emph>Description</emph> for each field. The text of the description will appear as a tip on the column headings in the table view.</paragraph> <h2 id="hd_id3153379">Field Properties</h2> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148798" role="paragraph">Enter properties for each selected data field. Depending on the database type, some input facilities may not be available.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144762" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Default value</emph> box, enter the default contents for every new record. This contents can be edited later.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150869" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Entry required</emph> box, specify whether or not the field may remain empty.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154908" role="paragraph">For the <emph>Length</emph> box, a combo box may be shown that provides the available choices.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> + <paragraph id="par_id3148798" role="paragraph">Enter properties for each selected data field. Depending on the database type, some input facilities may not be available.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3144762" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Default value</emph> box, enter the default contents for every new record. This contents can be edited later.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150869" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Entry required</emph> box, specify whether or not the field may remain empty.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154908" role="paragraph">For the <emph>Length</emph> box, a combo box may be shown that provides the available choices.</paragraph> + + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> + </section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp index 7075ee9543..a50b01ba75 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,11 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidedragdropxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document</title> +<title id="tit">Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -30,73 +27,65 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154927"><bookmark_value>drag and drop;overview</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154927"><bookmark_value>drag and drop;overview</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>mouse; pointers when using drag and drop</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>links;by drag and drop</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying;by drag and drop</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154927" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp">Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">There are many options for moving or copying objects using drag-and-drop. Text sections, drawing objects, graphics, form controls, hyperlinks, cell ranges, and many more can be moved or copied with the mouse.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US">Note that the mouse pointer displays a plus sign when copying and an arrow when creating a link or hyperlink.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154927" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3147571"><variable id="dragdrop"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp">Dragging and Dropping Within a $[officename] Document</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008">There are many options for moving or copying objects using drag-and-drop. Text sections, drawing objects, graphics, form controls, hyperlinks, cell ranges, and many more can be moved or copied with the mouse.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155892">Note that the mouse pointer displays a plus sign when copying and an arrow when creating a link or hyperlink.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147576"> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3146798" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse Pointer</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3146798">Mouse Pointer</paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3147618" xml-lang="en-US">Description</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3147618">Description</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3159177" xml-lang="en-US"> -<image id="img_id3147573" src="media/helpimg/movedata.png" width="8.47mm" height="8.47mm"><alt id="alt_id3147573" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse pointer moving data</alt> - </image></paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3159177"><image id="img_id3147573" src="media/helpimg/movedata.png" width="8.47mm" height="8.47mm"><alt id="alt_id3147573">Mouse pointer moving data</alt></image></paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154898" xml-lang="en-US">Moving</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154898">Moving</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US"> -<image id="img_id3149233" src="media/helpimg/copydata.png" width="8.47mm" height="8.47mm"><alt id="alt_id3149233" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse pointer copying data</alt> - </image></paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154306"><image id="img_id3149233" src="media/helpimg/copydata.png" width="8.47mm" height="8.47mm"><alt id="alt_id3149233">Mouse pointer copying data</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153627" xml-lang="en-US">Copying</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153627">Copying</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153896" xml-lang="en-US"> -<image id="img_id3159413" src="media/helpimg/linkdata.png" width="8.47mm" height="8.47mm"><alt id="alt_id3159413" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse pointer inserting link</alt> - </image></paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153896"><image id="img_id3159413" src="media/helpimg/linkdata.png" width="8.47mm" height="8.47mm"><alt id="alt_id3159413">Mouse pointer inserting link</alt></image></paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154938" xml-lang="en-US">Creating a link</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154938">Creating a link</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154366" xml-lang="en-US">If you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> or Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while releasing the mouse button, you can control whether the object is copied, moved, or a link is created.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154366">If you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> or Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while releasing the mouse button, you can control whether the object is copied, moved, or a link is created.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3150768"> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148672" xml-lang="en-US"> -<image id="img_id3158407" src="sw/res/sc20238.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3158407" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image></paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148672"><image id="img_id3158407" src="sw/res/sc20238.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3158407">Icon Drag Mode</alt></image></paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156422" xml-lang="en-US">If you drag objects out of the <link href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp"><emph>Navigator</emph></link>, you can specify in the submenu of the Navigator's <emph>Drag Mode</emph> icon whether to copy the object, insert it as a link or insert it as a hyperlink.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156422">If you drag objects out of the <link href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp"><emph>Navigator</emph></link>, you can specify in the submenu of the Navigator's <emph>Drag Mode</emph> icon whether to copy the object, insert it as a link or insert it as a hyperlink.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3153144" xml-lang="en-US">You can cancel a drag-and-drop operation in $[officename] at any time by pressing the Esc key before releasing the mouse button.</paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<tip id="par_id3153144">You can cancel a drag-and-drop operation in $[officename] at any time by pressing the Esc key before releasing the mouse button.</tip> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/> @@ -109,5 +98,6 @@ <case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/cellreference_dragdrop.xhp#cellreference_dragdrop"/> </case> </switch> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp index 670ea602d6..6f5de7b5b1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,12 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidedragdrop_beamerxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Drag-and-Drop With the Data Source View</title> +<title id="tit">Drag-and-Drop With the Data Source View</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -31,40 +27,39 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145071"><bookmark_value>drag and drop; data source view</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145071"><bookmark_value>drag and drop; data source view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>data source view; drag and drop</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying;from data source view</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;from data source view</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw added "pasting;"</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145071" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop_beamer"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp">Drag-and-Drop With the Data Source View</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151111" xml-lang="en-US">A fast way of copying from a data source into a text or spreadsheet document, or of creating forms based on a data source, is by drag-and-drop.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3145071"><variable id="dragdrop_beamer"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp">Drag-and-Drop With the Data Source View</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151111">A fast way of copying from a data source into a text or spreadsheet document, or of creating forms based on a data source, is by drag-and-drop.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149578"> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US"> -<image id="img_id3155390" src="media/helpimg/copydata.png" width="8.47mm" height="8.47mm"><alt id="alt_id3155390" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse pointer copying data</alt> - </image></paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147335"><image id="img_id3155390" src="media/helpimg/copydata.png" width="8.47mm" height="8.47mm"><alt id="alt_id3155390">Mouse pointer copying data</alt></image></paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145315" xml-lang="en-US">Copying with Drag-and-Drop</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145315">Copying with Drag-and-Drop</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149233" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to reverse a drag-and-drop, position the cursor in your document and choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3149656" xml-lang="en-US">It is also possible to copy by drag-and-drop from a document into a data source:</paragraph> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US">A text table or the selected range of a spreadsheet can be dragged using drag-and-drop to a table container in the data source explorer.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3151211" xml-lang="en-US">Plain text can be copied using drag-and-drop from one document to a data field in the data source view.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149233">If you want to reverse a drag-and-drop, position the cursor in your document and choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph>.</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id3149656">It is also possible to copy by drag-and-drop from a document into a data source:</tip> +<tip id="par_id3153379">A text table or the selected range of a spreadsheet can be dragged using drag-and-drop to a table container in the data source explorer.</tip> +<tip id="par_id3151211">Plain text can be copied using drag-and-drop from one document to a data field in the data source view.</tip> <h3 id="hd_id3145421">Using data in a text document</h3> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154685" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert a database field in a text document by dragging a field name from the column header of the data source view into the document. This is especially useful when designing form letters. Simply drag the desired fields - home address, form of address, and so on - into your document.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153105" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a complete record, select the corresponding header and drag it into the document. When you release the mouse button, the <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp"><emph>Insert database columns</emph></link> dialog appears, in which you can decide whether to use all database fields, and whether to copy the data into the document as text, a table or fields. All currently selected records will be inserted.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154685">You can insert a database field in a text document by dragging a field name from the column header of the data source view into the document. This is especially useful when designing form letters. Simply drag the desired fields - home address, form of address, and so on - into your document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153105">To insert a complete record, select the corresponding header and drag it into the document. When you release the mouse button, the <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp"><emph>Insert database columns</emph></link> dialog appears, in which you can decide whether to use all database fields, and whether to copy the data into the document as text, a table or fields. All currently selected records will be inserted.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3147230">Applying data to a table document</h3> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3125864" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert one or more records into the current sheet of a spreadsheet by selecting the rows in the data source view and dragging and dropping them into the spreadsheet. The data is inserted at the place where you release the mouse button.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3125864">You can insert one or more records into the current sheet of a spreadsheet by selecting the rows in the data source view and dragging and dropping them into the spreadsheet. The data is inserted at the place where you release the mouse button.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3149766">Inserting controls in a text form</h3> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155132" xml-lang="en-US">When you create a text form linked to a database, you can generate controls by drag-and-drop from the data source view.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149562" xml-lang="en-US">When you drag a database column into the text document, you insert a field. If you hold down Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging, a text field is inserted, grouped with an appropriate label field. The text field already contains all the database information that you need for the form.</paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155132">When you create a text form linked to a database, you can generate controls by drag-and-drop from the data source view.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149562">When you drag a database column into the text document, you insert a field. If you hold down Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging, a text field is inserted, grouped with an appropriate label field. The text field already contains all the database information that you need for the form.</paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/> @@ -74,5 +69,6 @@ <case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/> </case> </switch> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp index 9eb4d5c7fc..a728af6715 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,12 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidedragdrop_fromgalleryxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Copying Graphics From the Gallery</title> +<title id="tit">Copying Graphics From the Gallery</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -32,25 +28,25 @@ </meta> <body> <section id="dndfromgallery01"> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145345"><bookmark_value>Gallery;dragging pictures to draw objects</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145345"><bookmark_value>Gallery;dragging pictures to draw objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>draw objects;dropping Gallery pictures</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>drag and drop;from Gallery to draw objects</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "Gallery;copying..." and copied "copying;..." to Shared guide gallery_insert.xhp.</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop_fromgallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp">Copying Graphics From the Gallery</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US">If you drag a graphic from the Gallery into a text, spreadsheet or presentation document, the graphic will be inserted there.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3145345"><variable id="dragdrop_fromgallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp">Copying Graphics From the Gallery</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155535">If you drag a graphic from the Gallery into a text, spreadsheet or presentation document, the graphic will be inserted there.</paragraph> </section> <section id="dndfromgallery02"> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149762" xml-lang="en-US">If you release the graphic <emph>directly on a draw object</emph>, please note the following:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149762">If you release the graphic <emph>directly on a draw object</emph>, please note the following:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US">If you move the graphic (drag it without pressing any key, in which case no additional symbol appears next to the mouse pointer), only the attributes are copied from the graphic and applied to the draw object on which you release the mouse button.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153825">If you move the graphic (drag it without pressing any key, in which case no additional symbol appears next to the mouse pointer), only the attributes are copied from the graphic and applied to the draw object on which you release the mouse button.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US">If you copy the graphic (drag it while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key, in which case a plus sign appears next to the mouse pointer), the graphic will be inserted as an object.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153665">If you copy the graphic (drag it while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key, in which case a plus sign appears next to the mouse pointer), the graphic will be inserted as an object.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154514" xml-lang="en-US">If you create a hyperlink (drag while holding down Shift and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, in which case a linking arrow appears next to the mouse pointer), the drawing object is replaced by the graphic from the Gallery, but the position and size of the replaced draw object are retained.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154514">If you create a hyperlink (drag while holding down Shift and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, in which case a linking arrow appears next to the mouse pointer), the drawing object is replaced by the graphic from the Gallery, but the position and size of the replaced draw object are retained.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </section> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp index 6ddd0fcb9b..1e16725a98 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp @@ -1,7 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -19,20 +16,15 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidedragdrop_galleryxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Adding Graphics to the Gallery</title> +<title id="tit">Adding Graphics to the Gallery</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> - - - -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154927"><bookmark_value>drag and drop;to Gallery</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154927"><bookmark_value>drag and drop;to Gallery</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying;to Gallery</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Gallery; adding pictures</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures;adding to Gallery</bookmark_value> @@ -40,41 +32,38 @@ <bookmark_value>pasting;to Gallery</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>mw changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154927" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop_gallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp">Adding Graphics to the Gallery</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143267" role="paragraph">You can place a graphic from a document such as an HTML page in the Gallery by drag-and-drop.</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3154927"><variable id="dragdrop_gallery"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp">Adding Graphics to the Gallery</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id3143267" role="paragraph">You can place a graphic from a document such as an HTML page in the Gallery by drag-and-drop.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154823" role="listitem">Display the Gallery theme to which you want to add the graphic.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154823" role="listitem">Display the Gallery theme to which you want to add the graphic.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153748" role="listitem">Position the mouse pointer above the graphic, without clicking.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153748" role="listitem">Position the mouse pointer above the graphic, without clicking.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156346" role="listitem">If the mouse pointer changes to a hand symbol, the graphic refers to a hyperlink. In this case, click the graphic while pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key to select it without executing the respective link.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="listitem">If the mouse pointer does not change to a hand symbol, you can simply click the graphic to select it.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3156346" role="listitem">If the mouse pointer changes to a hand symbol, the graphic refers to a hyperlink. In this case, click the graphic while pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key to select it without executing the respective link.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149578" role="listitem">If the mouse pointer does not change to a hand symbol, you can simply click the graphic to select it.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145120" role="listitem">Once the graphic is selected, release the mouse button. Click again on the graphic image, keeping the mouse button pressed for more than two seconds. The graphic image is copied to the internal memory.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145120" role="listitem">Once the graphic is selected, release the mouse button. Click again on the graphic image, keeping the mouse button pressed for more than two seconds. The graphic image is copied to the internal memory.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150772" role="listitem">Without releasing the mouse button, drag the graphic into the Gallery.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150772" role="listitem">Without releasing the mouse button, drag the graphic into the Gallery.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> +<section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp#gallery_insert"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/> - <switch select="appl"> - <case select="WRITER"> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/> - </case> - </switch> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp index f5a344e3a8..0485b00563 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,12 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidedragdrop_graphicxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Copying Graphics Between Documents</title> +<title id="tit">Copying Graphics Between Documents</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -31,39 +27,39 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3159201"><bookmark_value>drag and drop; pictures</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3159201"><bookmark_value>drag and drop; pictures</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; drag and drop between documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying;pictures, between documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;pictures from other documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw added "pasting;"</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159201" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="dragdrop_graphic"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp">Copying Graphics Between Documents</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155805" xml-lang="en-US">You can copy a graphic from one document to another by drag-and-drop. If you plan to publish your document, please observe copyright laws and obtain the consent of the authors.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3159201"><variable id="dragdrop_graphic"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp">Copying Graphics Between Documents</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155805">You can copy a graphic from one document to another by drag-and-drop. If you plan to publish your document, please observe copyright laws and obtain the consent of the authors.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US">Open the document in which you want to insert the graphic object.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147576">Open the document in which you want to insert the graphic object.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US">Open the document from which you want to copy the graphic.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155338">Open the document from which you want to copy the graphic.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149182" xml-lang="en-US">Click the graphic while pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, to select it without executing any hyperlinks it may refer to.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149182">Click the graphic while pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, to select it without executing any hyperlinks it may refer to.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151110" xml-lang="en-US">Keep the mouse button pressed and wait a moment while the object is copied to an internal memory.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151110">Keep the mouse button pressed and wait a moment while the object is copied to an internal memory.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149763" xml-lang="en-US">Drag the graphic into the other document. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible side by side, first move the mouse pointer to the button of the target document while keeping the mouse button pressed. The document in question is then displayed and you can move the mouse pointer into the document. +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149763">Drag the graphic into the other document. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible side by side, first move the mouse pointer to the button of the target document while keeping the mouse button pressed. The document in question is then displayed and you can move the mouse pointer into the document. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155628" xml-lang="en-US">Release the mouse button as soon as the gray text cursor indicates the position where you want to insert a copy of the picture.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155628">Release the mouse button as soon as the gray text cursor indicates the position where you want to insert a copy of the picture.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150276" xml-lang="en-US">If the graphic is connected with a hyperlink, the hyperlink and not the graphic is inserted.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150276">If the graphic is connected with a hyperlink, the hyperlink and not the graphic is inserted.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/> @@ -72,5 +68,6 @@ <case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/> </case> </switch> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp index 5d03aae9e0..6bae7ec183 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,11 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidedragdrop_tablexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Copying Spreadsheet Areas to Text Documents</title> +<title id="tit">Copying Spreadsheet Areas to Text Documents</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -30,45 +27,46 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154927"><bookmark_value>spreadsheets; copying areas to text documents</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154927"><bookmark_value>spreadsheets; copying areas to text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>copying; sheet areas, to text documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pasting;sheet areas in text documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw added "pasting;"</comment> -<h1 id="hd_id3154927" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="dragdrop_table"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp">Copying Spreadsheet Areas to Text Documents</link></variable></h1> +<h1 id="hd_id3154927"><variable id="dragdrop_table"><link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp">Copying Spreadsheet Areas to Text Documents</link></variable></h1> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US">Open both the text document and the spreadsheet.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155892">Open both the text document and the spreadsheet.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US">Select the sheet area you want to copy.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147088">Select the sheet area you want to copy.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US">Point to the selected area and press the mouse button. Keep the mouse button pressed for a moment, then drag the area into the text document.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible next to each other, first drag the mouse pointer to the destination document button. Continue to hold down the mouse button. The document is displayed, and you can move the mouse pointer within the document. +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149827">Point to the selected area and press the mouse button. Keep the mouse button pressed for a moment, then drag the area into the text document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152780"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">If the documents are not visible next to each other, first drag the mouse pointer to the destination document button. Continue to hold down the mouse button. The document is displayed, and you can move the mouse pointer within the document. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US">Once the cursor is located in the place where you want to insert the sheet area, release the mouse button. The sheet area is inserted as an OLE object.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156346">Once the cursor is located in the place where you want to insert the sheet area, release the mouse button. The sheet area is inserted as an OLE object.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154047" xml-lang="en-US">You can select and edit the OLE object at any time.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154047">You can select and edit the OLE object at any time.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149164" xml-lang="en-US">To edit the OLE object, double-click on it.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155389" xml-lang="en-US">Alternatively, select the object and choose <menuitem>Edit - OLE Object - Edit</menuitem> or choose <menuitem>Edit</menuitem> from the context menu. You edit the object in its own frame within the text document, but you see the icons and menu commands needed for spreadsheets.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149164">To edit the OLE object, double-click on it.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155389">Alternatively, select the object and choose <menuitem>Edit - OLE Object - Edit</menuitem> or choose <menuitem>Edit</menuitem> from the context menu. You edit the object in its own frame within the text document, but you see the icons and menu commands needed for spreadsheets.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154860" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Open</emph> to open the source document of the OLE object.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154860">Choose <emph>Open</emph> to open the source document of the OLE object.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp#dragdrop_gallery"/> <switch select="appl"> -<case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/> -</case> +<case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/></case> </switch> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/email.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/email.xhp index 776a3124bc..8975e49e89 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/email.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/email.xhp @@ -1,7 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -19,18 +16,16 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguideemailxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Sending Documents as Email</title> +<title id="tit">Sending Documents as Email</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/email.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> <section id="chapter_all"> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153345"><bookmark_value>documents; sending as email</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3153345"><bookmark_value>documents; sending as email</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sending; documents as email</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>email attachments</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>files; sending as email</bookmark_value> @@ -41,19 +36,21 @@ <bookmark_value>attachments in emails</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <h1 id="hd_id3153345"><variable id="email"><link href="text/shared/guide/email.xhp">Sending Documents as Email</link></variable></h1> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154897" xml-lang="en-US">Working in $[officename], you can send the current document as an email attachment.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154897">Working in $[officename], you can send the current document as an email attachment.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Send - Email Document</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153127" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] opens your default email program.<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"> If you want to send the current document with another email program, you can select the program to use with <emph>Internet - Email</emph> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147335">Choose <emph>File - Send - Email Document</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153127">$[officename] opens your default email program.<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"> If you want to send the current document with another email program, you can select the program to use with <emph>Internet - Email</emph> in the Options dialog box.</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150986" xml-lang="en-US">In your email program, enter the recipient, subject and any text you want to add, then send the email.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150986">In your email program, enter the recipient, subject and any text you want to add, then send the email.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3595385" xml-lang="en-US">In case you want to send the email to a recipient who only has software that cannot read the OpenDocument format, you can send the current document in an often used proprietary format.<br/>For a text document, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - Email as Microsoft Word</item>. For a spreadsheet, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - Email as Microsoft Excel</item>. And for a presentation, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - Email as Microsoft PowerPoint</item>. <br/>If you want to send the document as a read-only file, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - Email as PDF</item>.<br/>These commands do not change your current document. Only a temporary copy is created and sent.</paragraph> +<tip id="par_id3595385">In case you want to send the email to a recipient who only has software that cannot read the OpenDocument format, you can send the current document in an often used proprietary format.<br/>For a text document, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - Email as Microsoft Word</item>. For a spreadsheet, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - Email as Microsoft Excel</item>. And for a presentation, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - Email as Microsoft PowerPoint</item>. <br/>If you want to send the document as a read-only file, choose <item type="menuitem">File - Send - Email as PDF</item>.<br/>These commands do not change your current document. Only a temporary copy is created and sent.</tip> +</section> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/> </section> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp index 0936b10f04..80babcd720 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp @@ -1,7 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -19,18 +16,16 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguideexport_msxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Saving Documents in Other Formats</title> +<title id="tit">Saving Documents in Other Formats</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> <section id="chapter_all"> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3159233"><bookmark_value>documents; saving in other formats</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3159233"><bookmark_value>documents; saving in other formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>saving; documents in other formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>files; saving in other formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text documents;saving in other formats</bookmark_value> @@ -41,25 +36,27 @@ <bookmark_value>Word documents; saving as</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Excel; saving as</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>PowerPoint export</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw made "PowerPoint;..." a one level entry</comment><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159233" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149416" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="export_ms"><link href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp">Saving Documents in Other Formats</link> -</variable></paragraph> +</bookmark><comment>mw made "PowerPoint;..." a one level entry</comment> + +<h1 id="hd_id3149416"><variable id="export_ms"><link href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp">Saving Documents in Other Formats</link></variable></h1> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150084" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>. You will see the <emph>Save as</emph> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150084">Choose <emph>File - Save as</emph>. You will see the <emph>Save as</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153348" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Save as type</emph> or <emph>File type</emph> list box, select the desired format.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153348">In the <emph>Save as type</emph> or <emph>File type</emph> list box, select the desired format.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150985" xml-lang="en-US">Enter a name in the <emph>File name</emph> box and click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150985">Enter a name in the <emph>File name</emph> box and click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153252" xml-lang="en-US">If you want the file dialogs to offer another file format as default, select that format in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - General</emph> in the <emph>Default file format </emph>area.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153252">If you want the file dialogs to offer another file format as default, select that format in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - General</emph> in the <emph>Default file format </emph>area.</paragraph> +</section> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149669"><link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">Save As</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp#ms_user"/> </section> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149669" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">Save As</link></paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp#ms_user"/> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp index 2aa8efa05b..5bca81e63e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,11 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidefaxxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Sending Faxes and Configuring $[officename] for Faxing</title> +<title id="tit">Sending Faxes and Configuring $[officename] for Faxing</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -30,51 +27,53 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156426"><bookmark_value>faxes; sending</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156426"><bookmark_value>faxes; sending</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>faxes;configuring $[officename]</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sending; documents as faxes </bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>configuring;fax icon</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="fax"><link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp">Sending Faxes and Configuring $[officename] for Faxing</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156410" xml-lang="en-US">To send a fax directly from $[officename], you need a fax modem and a fax driver that allows applications to communicate with the fax modem.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3156426"><variable id="fax"><link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp">Sending Faxes and Configuring $[officename] for Faxing</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156410">To send a fax directly from $[officename], you need a fax modem and a fax driver that allows applications to communicate with the fax modem.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3166410">Sending a Fax Through the Print Dialog</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152996" xml-lang="en-US">Open the <emph>Print</emph> dialog by choosing <emph>File - Print</emph> and select the fax driver in the <emph>Name</emph> list box.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152996">Open the <emph>Print</emph> dialog by choosing <emph>File - Print</emph> and select the fax driver in the <emph>Name</emph> list box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155135" xml-lang="en-US">Clicking <emph>OK</emph> opens the dialog for your fax driver, where you can select the fax recipient.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155135">Clicking <emph>OK</emph> opens the dialog for your fax driver, where you can select the fax recipient.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h3 id="hd_id3153825">Configuring $[officename] a Fax Icon</h3> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153822" xml-lang="en-US">You can configure $[officename] so that a single click on an icon automatically sends the current document as a fax:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153822">You can configure $[officename] so that a single click on an icon automatically sends the current document as a fax:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145315" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145315">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150985" xml-lang="en-US">Select the fax driver from the <emph>Fax</emph> list box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150985">Select the fax driver from the <emph>Fax</emph> list box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN106EB" xml-lang="en-US">Click the arrow icon at the end of the <emph>Standard</emph> bar. In the drop-down menu, choose <emph>Customize</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN106F6" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Toolbar</emph>s tab page of the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog appears.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN106EB">Click the arrow icon at the end of the <emph>Standard</emph> bar. In the drop-down menu, choose <emph>Customize</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN106F6">The <emph>Toolbar</emph>s tab page of the <emph>Customize</emph> dialog appears.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN106FA" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Add Commands</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN106FA">Click <emph>Add Commands</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10702" xml-lang="en-US">Select the "Documents" category, then select the "Send Default Fax" command.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10702">Select the "Documents" category, then select the "Send Default Fax" command.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10706" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Add</emph> and then <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10706">Click <emph>Add</emph> and then <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10712" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Toolbars</emph> tab page, click the down arrow button to position the new icon where you want it. Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10715" xml-lang="en-US">Your <emph>Standard</emph> bar now has a new icon to send the current document as a fax.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10712">On the <emph>Toolbars</emph> tab page, click the down arrow button to position the new icon where you want it. Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10715">Your <emph>Standard</emph> bar now has a new icon to send the current document as a fax.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp#edit_symbolbar"/> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp#edit_symbolbar"/> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp index af587350df..20a6d8bbb2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,11 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidefilternavigatorxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using the Filter Navigator</title> +<title id="tit">Using the Filter Navigator</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -30,19 +27,21 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150322"><bookmark_value>filters; Navigator</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150322"><bookmark_value>filters; Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>filter conditions;connecting</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="filternavigator"><link href="text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp">Using the Filter Navigator</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterNavigator" id="bm_id6570985" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150322" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterNavigator">To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the <emph>Filter navigation</emph> icon on the filter bar.</ahelp> The <emph>Filter navigator</emph> window appears.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR" id="bm_id3155767" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153711" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The filter conditions that have been set appear in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph>. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the <emph>Filter navigator</emph> . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145620" xml-lang="en-US">The context menu can be called for each entry in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph>. You can edit the filter conditions in this area directly as text. If you wish to check if a field has content or no content, you can select the filter conditions "empty" (SQL:"Is Null") or "not empty" (SQL: "Is not Null"). It is also possible to delete the entry by using the context menu.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156374" xml-lang="en-US">You can move filter conditions in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph> by dragging and dropping, or use the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Up Arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Down Arrow. To copy filter conditions, drag them while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key.</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN105A3"><variable id="filternavigator"><link href="text/shared/guide/filternavigator.xhp">Using the Filter Navigator</link> +</variable></h1> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:FormFilterNavigator" id="bm_id6570985" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150322"><ahelp hid=".uno:FormFilterNavigator">To connect several filter conditions with Boolean OR, click the <emph>Filter navigation</emph> icon on the filter bar.</ahelp> The <emph>Filter navigator</emph> window appears.</paragraph> +<bookmark branch="hid/SVX_HID_FILTER_NAVIGATOR" id="bm_id3155767" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153711"><ahelp hid=".">The filter conditions that have been set appear in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph>. As soon as a filter is set, you see a blank filter entry at the bottom of the <emph>Filter navigator</emph> . You can select this entry by clicking the word "Or". Once you have selected the blank filter entry, you can enter additional filter conditions in the form. These conditions are linked by Boolean OR to the previously defined conditions.</ahelp></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145620">The context menu can be called for each entry in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph>. You can edit the filter conditions in this area directly as text. If you wish to check if a field has content or no content, you can select the filter conditions "empty" (SQL:"Is Null") or "not empty" (SQL: "Is not Null"). It is also possible to delete the entry by using the context menu.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156374">You can move filter conditions in the <emph>Filter navigator</emph> by dragging and dropping, or use the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Up Arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Alt+Down Arrow. To copy filter conditions, drag them while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp#filtervorschlag"/> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp#data_search"/> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/data_search.xhp#data_search"/> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp index d3de992269..1e7c70ac08 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,13 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguideflat_iconsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Changing Icon Views</title> +<title id="tit">Changing Icon Views</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -32,28 +27,30 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145669"><bookmark_value>buttons; big/small</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3145669"><bookmark_value>buttons; big/small</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>views; icons</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>icon sizes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;icon sizes</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>large icons</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>small icons</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145669" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="flat_icons"><link href="text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp">Changing Icon Size</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US">You can change the icon view between small and large icons.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3145669"><variable id="flat_icons"><link href="text/shared/guide/flat_icons.xhp">Changing Icon Size</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155535">You can change the icon view between small and large icons.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename]</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153748">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename]</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>View</emph> tab page, select the <emph>Toolbar icon size</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3163802">On the <emph>View</emph> tab page, select the <emph>Toolbar icon size</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3157909" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3157909">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp#configure_overview"/> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/configure_overview.xhp#configure_overview"/> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp index 9a7e817075..c88adaee77 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp @@ -1,7 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -19,49 +16,49 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidehyperlink_rel_absxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Relative and Absolute Links</title> +<title id="tit">Relative and Absolute Links</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147399"><bookmark_value>absolute hyperlinks</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3147399"><bookmark_value>absolute hyperlinks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>relative hyperlinks</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; relative and absolute</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hyperlinks, see also links</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="hyperlink_rel_abs"><link href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp">Relative and Absolute Links</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">When you include hyperlinks, two factors must be taken into account: whether they are set as relative or absolute on saving, and whether or not the file is present.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147399"><variable id="hyperlink_rel_abs"><link href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_rel_abs.xhp">Relative and Absolute Links</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345">When you include hyperlinks, two factors must be taken into account: whether they are set as relative or absolute on saving, and whether or not the file is present.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link> and specify in the <emph>Save URLs relative to</emph> field if $[officename] creates <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#saving">relative or absolute hyperlinks</link>. Relative linking is only possible when the document you are working on and the link destination are on the same drive.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147008">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link> and specify in the <emph>Save URLs relative to</emph> field if $[officename] creates <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#saving">relative or absolute hyperlinks</link>. Relative linking is only possible when the document you are working on and the link destination are on the same drive.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145382" xml-lang="en-US">You should create the same directory structure on your hard disk as that which exists in the web space hosted by your Internet provider. Call the root directory for the homepage on your hard disk "homepage", for example. The start file is then "index.html", the full path being "C:\homepage\index.html" (assuming Windows operating system). The URL on your Internet provider's server might then be as follows: "http://www.myprovider.com/mypage/index.html". With relative addressing, you indicate the link relative to the location of the output document. For example, if you placed all the graphics for your homepage in a subfolder called "C:\homepage\images", you would need to give the following path to access the graphic "picture.gif": "images\picture.gif". This is the relative path, starting from the location of the file "index.html". On the provider's server, you would place the picture in the folder "mypage/images". When you transfer the document "index.html" to the provider's server through the <emph>File - Save As</emph> dialog, and if you have marked the option <emph>Copy local images to Internet</emph> under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>, $[officename] will automatically copy the graphic to the correct directory on the server.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145382">You should create the same directory structure on your hard disk as that which exists in the web space hosted by your Internet provider. Call the root directory for the homepage on your hard disk "homepage", for example. The start file is then "index.html", the full path being "C:\homepage\index.html" (assuming Windows operating system). The URL on your Internet provider's server might then be as follows: "http://www.myprovider.com/mypage/index.html". With relative addressing, you indicate the link relative to the location of the output document. For example, if you placed all the graphics for your homepage in a subfolder called "C:\homepage\images", you would need to give the following path to access the graphic "picture.gif": "images\picture.gif". This is the relative path, starting from the location of the file "index.html". On the provider's server, you would place the picture in the folder "mypage/images". When you transfer the document "index.html" to the provider's server through the <emph>File - Save As</emph> dialog, and if you have marked the option <emph>Copy local images to Internet</emph> under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>, $[officename] will automatically copy the graphic to the correct directory on the server.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159158" xml-lang="en-US">An absolute path such as "C:\homepage\graphics\picture.gif" would no longer function on the provider server. Neither a server nor the computer of a reader needs to have a C hard drive: operating systems such as Unix or macOS do not recognize drive letters, and even if the folder homepage\graphics existed, your picture would not be available. It is better to use relative addressing for file links.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159158">An absolute path such as "C:\homepage\graphics\picture.gif" would no longer function on the provider server. Neither a server nor the computer of a reader needs to have a C hard drive: operating systems such as Unix or macOS do not recognize drive letters, and even if the folder homepage\graphics existed, your picture would not be available. It is better to use relative addressing for file links.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154046" xml-lang="en-US">A link to a web page, for example, "www.example.com" or "www.myprovider.com/mypage/index.html" is an absolute link.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154046">A link to a web page, for example, "www.example.com" or "www.myprovider.com/mypage/index.html" is an absolute link.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155450" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] also reacts differently, depending on whether the file referred to in the link exists, and where it is located. $[officename] checks every new link and sets a target and protocol automatically. The result can be seen in the generated HTML code after saving the source document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155450">$[officename] also reacts differently, depending on whether the file referred to in the link exists, and where it is located. $[officename] checks every new link and sets a target and protocol automatically. The result can be seen in the generated HTML code after saving the source document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145317" xml-lang="en-US">The following rules apply: A relative reference ("graphic/picture.gif") is only possible when both files exist on the same drive. If the files are on different drives in your local file system, the absolute reference follows the "file:" protocol ("file:///data1/xyz/picture.gif"). If the files are on different servers or if the target of the link is not available, the absolute reference uses the "http:" protocol ("http://data2/abc/picture.gif").</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145317">The following rules apply: A relative reference ("graphic/picture.gif") is only possible when both files exist on the same drive. If the files are on different drives in your local file system, the absolute reference follows the "file:" protocol ("file:///data1/xyz/picture.gif"). If the files are on different servers or if the target of the link is not available, the absolute reference uses the "http:" protocol ("http://data2/abc/picture.gif").</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153541" xml-lang="en-US">Be sure to organize all files for your homepage on the same drive as the start file of the homepage. In this way, $[officename] can set the protocol and target so that the reference on the server is always correct.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153541">Be sure to organize all files for your homepage on the same drive as the start file of the homepage. In this way, $[officename] can set the protocol and target so that the reference on the server is always correct.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3153897" xml-lang="en-US">When you rest your mouse on a hyperlink, a help tip displays the absolute reference, since $[officename] uses absolute path names internally. The complete path and address can only be seen when you view the result of the HTML export, by loading the HTML file as "Text" or opening it with a text editor.</paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp#hyperlink_edit"/> +<warning id="par_id3153897">When you rest your mouse on a hyperlink, a help tip displays the absolute reference, since $[officename] uses absolute path names internally. The complete path and address can only be seen when you view the result of the HTML export, by loading the HTML file as "Text" or opening it with a text editor.</warning> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_edit.xhp#hyperlink_edit"/> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp index 8c13a86626..fb491435df 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp @@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ <meta> <topic id="textsharedguideinsert_bitmapxml" indexer="include"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting, Editing, Saving Bitmaps</title> +<title id="tit">Inserting, Editing, Saving Bitmaps</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154136"><bookmark_value>graphics, see also pictures</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154136"><bookmark_value>graphics, see also pictures</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>images, see also pictures</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>images; inserting and editing bitmaps</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>illustrations, see pictures</bookmark_value> @@ -53,76 +53,75 @@ <h1 id="hd_id3154136"><variable id="insert_bitmap"><link href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp">Inserting, Editing, Saving Bitmaps Images</link> </variable></h1> <h2 id="hd_id3149811">Inserting Bitmaps</h2> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US">A bitmap image can be inserted in $[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc, $[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress documents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153031">A bitmap image can be inserted in $[officename] Writer, $[officename] Calc, $[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress documents.</paragraph> <section id="insertgraphicsequence"> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147209" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Insert - Image</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147209">Choose <emph>Insert - Image</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149236" xml-lang="en-US">Select the file. In the <emph>File type</emph> box you can restrict the selection to certain file types.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149236">Select the file. In the <emph>File type</emph> box you can restrict the selection to certain file types.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id361654339227514"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">Select the frame style for the image.</caseinline><caseinline select="CALC">Select the anchor type for the image at the current cell position.</caseinline><defaultinline>Check below.</defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153126" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Link</emph> box if you want a link to the original file.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US">If the <emph>Link</emph> box is marked, whenever the document is updated and loaded the bitmap image is reloaded. The editing steps that you have carried out in the local copy of the image in the document are re-applied and the image is displayed.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147336" xml-lang="en-US">If the <emph>Link</emph> box is not marked, you are always working with the copy created when the graphic was first inserted.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153824" xml-lang="en-US">To embed graphics that were first inserted as links, go to <emph>Edit - Links</emph> and click the <emph>Break Link</emph> button.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153126">Click the <emph>Link</emph> box if you want a link to the original file.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154306">If the <emph>Link</emph> box is marked, whenever the document is updated and loaded the bitmap image is reloaded. The editing steps that you have carried out in the local copy of the image in the document are re-applied and the image is displayed.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147336">If the <emph>Link</emph> box is not marked, you are always working with the copy created when the graphic was first inserted.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153824">To embed graphics that were first inserted as links, go to <emph>Edit - Links</emph> and click the <emph>Break Link</emph> button.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151384" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Open</emph> to insert the image.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151384">Click <emph>Open</emph> to insert the image.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </section> <h2 id="hd_id3147303">Editing Bitmaps</h2> <h3 id="hd_id187078">Icons on the Image bar</h3> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148552" xml-lang="en-US">When you select the bitmap image, the <emph>Image</emph> Bar offers you the tools for editing the image. Only a local copy is edited in the document, even if you have inserted an image as a link.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148552">When you select the bitmap image, the <emph>Image</emph> Bar offers you the tools for editing the image. Only a local copy is edited in the document, even if you have inserted an image as a link.</paragraph> <note id="par_id3159413">The <emph>Image</emph> Bar may look slightly different depending to the module you are using.</note> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154124" xml-lang="en-US">A number of filters are located on the <link href="text/shared/02/24010000.xhp"><emph>Image Filter</emph></link> toolbar, which you can open with the icon on the <emph>Image</emph> Bar. </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7055574" xml-lang="en-US">The original image file will not be changed by the filters. Filters are applied to an image only inside the document. </paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145273" xml-lang="en-US">Some of the filters open a dialog, which you can use to select, for example, the intensity of the filter. Most filters can be applied multiple times to increase the filter effect.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154124">A number of filters are located on the <link href="text/shared/02/24010000.xhp"><emph>Image Filter</emph></link> toolbar, which you can open with the icon on the <emph>Image</emph> Bar. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7055574">The original image file will not be changed by the filters. Filters are applied to an image only inside the document. </paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145273">Some of the filters open a dialog, which you can use to select, for example, the intensity of the filter. Most filters can be applied multiple times to increase the filter effect.</paragraph> <note id="par_id3150105">In $[officename] Draw and $[officename] Impress, you can add text and graphics, select these objects together with the bitmap, and export the selection as a new bitmap image.</note> <h3 id="hd_id2572405">The Image dialog</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6457411" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click the image and choose <emph>Image</emph> from the submenu to open a properties dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6457411">Right-click the image and choose <emph>Image</emph> from the submenu to open a properties dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7991882" xml-lang="en-US">Change the properties of the selected image, then click OK.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7991882">Change the properties of the selected image, then click OK.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id3153574">Saving Bitmaps</h2> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152576" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to save in a format such as GIF, JPEG or TIFF, you must select and export the bitmap image.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0801200803544667" xml-lang="en-US">To export a bitmap in Draw or Impress:</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152576">If you want to save in a format such as GIF, JPEG or TIFF, you must select and export the bitmap image.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0801200803544667">To export a bitmap in Draw or Impress:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155414" xml-lang="en-US">Select the bitmap image. You can also select additional objects, such as text, to be exported with the image by pressing the shift key while selecting or by opening a selection frame around all objects.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155414">Select the bitmap image. You can also select additional objects, such as text, to be exported with the image by pressing the shift key while selecting or by opening a selection frame around all objects.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148618" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. The <emph>Export</emph> dialog opens.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3157139" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Export</emph> command writes the image with all applied filter effects to a file. The <emph>Save Image</emph> command in the context menu saves the image without any filter effects, if the image was inserted as a linked image. An embedded image will always be saved or exported with filters applied.<comment>see i70055</comment></paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148618">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. The <emph>Export</emph> dialog opens.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3157139">The <emph>Export</emph> command writes the image with all applied filter effects to a file. The <emph>Save Image</emph> command in the context menu saves the image without any filter effects, if the image was inserted as a linked image. An embedded image will always be saved or exported with filters applied.<comment>see i70055</comment></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3083443" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>File format</emph> field, select the file format you want, for example GIF or JPEG.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3083443">In the <emph>File format</emph> field, select the file format you want, for example GIF or JPEG.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152462" xml-lang="en-US">If you only want to export the selected objects, mark the <emph>Selection</emph> box.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150874" xml-lang="en-US">If <emph>Selection</emph> is not marked, the entire page of the document is exported.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152462">If you only want to export the selected objects, mark the <emph>Selection</emph> box.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150874">If <emph>Selection</emph> is not marked, the entire page of the document is exported.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149417" xml-lang="en-US">Enter a name for the file and click <emph>Export</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149417">Enter a name for the file and click <emph>Export</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SaveGraphic" id="bm_id0801200803523126" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0801200803525078" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Image Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SaveGraphic" id="bm_id0801200803523126" localize="false"/> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0801200803525078"><ahelp hid=".">To export a bitmap in Writer: Right-click the bitmap, choose Save Graphics. You see the Image Export dialog. Enter a file name and select a file type.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp#imagemap"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1033051" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/02/24010000.xhp">Image Filter Bar from the Image Bar</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1033051"><link href="text/shared/02/24010000.xhp">Image Filter Bar from the Image Bar</link></paragraph> <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp index df26285b79..3580bb523a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp @@ -1,7 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -19,47 +16,47 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguideinsert_specialcharxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Special Characters</title> +<title id="tit">Inserting Special Characters</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154927"><bookmark_value>characters; special</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3154927"><bookmark_value>characters; special</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting; special characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>special characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; inserting special characters</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>accents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>compose key to insert special characters</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154927" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="insert_specialchar"><link href="text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp">Inserting Special Characters</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US">This function allows you to insert special characters, such as check marks, boxes, and telephone symbols, into your text.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154927"><variable id="insert_specialchar"><link href="text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp">Inserting Special Characters</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147576">This function allows you to insert special characters, such as check marks, boxes, and telephone symbols, into your text.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US">To view a repertoire of all characters, choose <menuitem>Insert - Special Character</menuitem>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155535">To view a repertoire of all characters, choose <menuitem>Insert - Special Character</menuitem>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US">In the large selection field double-click on the desired character, which is inserted in the current document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147275">In the large selection field double-click on the desired character, which is inserted in the current document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US">In any text input field (such as the input fields in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog) you can press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+S to open the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153031">In any text input field (such as the input fields in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog) you can press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+S to open the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155630" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">At present there are three ways of entering letters with accents directly from the keyboard. +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155630"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">At present there are three ways of entering letters with accents directly from the keyboard. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154897" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>Solaris:</emph> Using a Sun keyboard. First press the Compose key to the right of the space bar, then enter the first and second modifiers. +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154897"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>Solaris:</emph> Using a Sun keyboard. First press the Compose key to the right of the space bar, then enter the first and second modifiers. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145315" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>Linux / NetBSD:</emph> Using the dead-keys. In an xterm window first press the (´) or (`) key. The character should not appear on the screen. Now press a letter, such as "e". The e is given an accent, é or è. If not, then check in the XF86Config file if a "nodeadkeys" XkbdVariant has been loaded there and replace it. You may also have set the environment variable SAL_NO_DEADKEYS, which deactivates the dead-keys. +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145315"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>Linux / NetBSD:</emph> Using the dead-keys. In an xterm window first press the (´) or (`) key. The character should not appear on the screen. Now press a letter, such as "e". The e is given an accent, é or è. If not, then check in the XF86Config file if a "nodeadkeys" XkbdVariant has been loaded there and replace it. You may also have set the environment variable SAL_NO_DEADKEYS, which deactivates the dead-keys. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148943" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>All Unix systems:</emph> (Alt Graph) as additional compose key. The (Alt Graph) key can work in $[officename] like the Compose key, if you set the environment variable SAL_ALTGR_COMPOSE. The (Alt Graph) key must trigger a mode_switch, so, for example, xmodmap -e "keysym Alt_R = Mode_switch" must be set. First press (Alt Graph), then the first modifier, then the second modifier. The characters are combined as described on a Solaris system in the file /usr/openwin/include/X11/Suncompose.h. +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148943"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><emph>All Unix systems:</emph> (Alt Graph) as additional compose key. The (Alt Graph) key can work in $[officename] like the Compose key, if you set the environment variable SAL_ALTGR_COMPOSE. The (Alt Graph) key must trigger a mode_switch, so, for example, xmodmap -e "keysym Alt_R = Mode_switch" must be set. First press (Alt Graph), then the first modifier, then the second modifier. The characters are combined as described on a Solaris system in the file /usr/openwin/include/X11/Suncompose.h. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149047" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">Special Characters</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153896" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp">AutoCorrect</link></paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149047"><link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">Special Characters</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153896"><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp">AutoCorrect</link></paragraph> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp index ce69e3c96e..928df2cf9c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -22,103 +22,103 @@ <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidekeyboardxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Shortcuts (%PRODUCTNAME Accessibility)</title> + <title id="tit">Shortcuts (%PRODUCTNAME Accessibility)</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3158421"><bookmark_value>accessibility;general shortcuts</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3158421"><bookmark_value>accessibility;general shortcuts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>shortcut keys; %PRODUCTNAME accessibility</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3158421" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="keyboard"><link href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp">Shortcuts (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Accessibility)</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159201" role="paragraph">You can control <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> without using a mouse device, using only the keyboard.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149177" role="paragraph">On each module's main help page (for example, the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer or <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc main help page) there is a link to access the keyboard shortcuts' help for that module.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145382" role="paragraph">In addition, under the keyword "Accessibility" you find step-by-step instructions about how to control the selected module without a mouse device.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3158421"><variable id="keyboard"><link href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp">Shortcuts (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Accessibility)</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id3159201" role="paragraph">You can control <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> without using a mouse device, using only the keyboard.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149177" role="paragraph">On each module's main help page (for example, the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer or <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc main help page) there is a link to access the keyboard shortcuts' help for that module.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145382" role="paragraph">In addition, under the keyword "Accessibility" you find step-by-step instructions about how to control the selected module without a mouse device.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/> <h2 id="hd_id3166460">Working with the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> user interface without mouse</h2> <h3 id="hd_id3154749">Activating menu bar, toolbars, windows, and document</h3> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156329" role="paragraph">Repeatedly pressing F6 switches the focus and circles through the following objects:</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3156329" role="paragraph">Repeatedly pressing F6 switches the focus and circles through the following objects:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150669" role="listitem">menu bar,</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150669" role="listitem">menu bar,</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149234" role="listitem">every toolbar from top to bottom and from left to right,</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149234" role="listitem">every toolbar from top to bottom and from left to right,</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147618" role="listitem">every free window from left to right,</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3147618" role="listitem">every free window from left to right,</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154514" role="listitem">document</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154514" role="listitem">document</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153252" role="paragraph">Press Shift+F6 to switch through objects in the opposite direction.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152473" role="paragraph">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +<paragraph id="par_id3153252" role="paragraph">Press Shift+F6 to switch through objects in the opposite direction.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3152473" role="paragraph">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 to switch to the document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152360" role="paragraph">Press F10 to switch to the menu bar and back.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153896" role="paragraph">Escape closes an open submenu, a toolbar, or the current free window.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3152360" role="paragraph">Press F10 to switch to the menu bar and back.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153896" role="paragraph">Escape closes an open submenu, a toolbar, or the current free window.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3161656">Calling a menu command</h3> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151056" role="paragraph">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph id="par_id3151056" role="paragraph">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> or F6 or F10 to select the first menu (the <emph>File</emph> menu). With right arrow, the next menu to the right is selected; with left arrow, the previous menu.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153381" role="paragraph">Arrow down opens a selected menu. Any additional arrow down and up arrow move the selection through the menu commands. With right arrow you open any existing submenus.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148798" role="paragraph">Press Enter to execute the selected menu command.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153381" role="paragraph">Arrow down opens a selected menu. Any additional arrow down and up arrow move the selection through the menu commands. With right arrow you open any existing submenus.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3148798" role="paragraph">Press Enter to execute the selected menu command.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3147086">Executing an icon command</h3> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148922" role="paragraph">Press F6 repeatedly until the first icon on the toolbar is selected. Use the right and left arrows to select an icon on a horizontal toolbar. Similarly, use the up and down arrows to select an icon on a vertical toolbar. The Home key selects the first icon on a toolbar and the End key, the last.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144433" role="paragraph">Press Enter to execute the selected icon. If the selected icon normally demands a consecutive mouse action, such as inserting a rectangle, then pressing the Enter key is not sufficient: in these cases press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3148922" role="paragraph">Press F6 repeatedly until the first icon on the toolbar is selected. Use the right and left arrows to select an icon on a horizontal toolbar. Similarly, use the up and down arrows to select an icon on a vertical toolbar. The Home key selects the first icon on a toolbar and the End key, the last.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3144433" role="paragraph">Press Enter to execute the selected icon. If the selected icon normally demands a consecutive mouse action, such as inserting a rectangle, then pressing the Enter key is not sufficient: in these cases press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153968" role="listitem">Pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3153968" role="listitem">Pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter on an icon for creating a draw object. A draw object will be placed into the middle of the view, with a predefined size.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150449" role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3150449" role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter on the Selection tool to select the first draw object in the document. If you want to edit, size, or move the selected draw object, first use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 to set the focus into the document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151041" role="paragraph">If a toolbar is longer than can be displayed on screen, it shows an icon at the right or lower edge. Select the toolbar and press PageUp or PageDown to display the remaining icons.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3151041" role="paragraph">If a toolbar is longer than can be displayed on screen, it shows an icon at the right or lower edge. Select the toolbar and press PageUp or PageDown to display the remaining icons.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3150440">Special hints for toolbars</h3> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149983" role="paragraph">Press the down arrow or right arrow to open the selected toolbar. This is equivalent to a mouse click. In the toolbar use the right arrow and left arrow keys. The Home and End keys select the first and last icon in the toolbar, respectively.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145365" role="paragraph">Close the toolbar with Esc. It is not possible to move the toolbar without a mouse.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149983" role="paragraph">Press the down arrow or right arrow to open the selected toolbar. This is equivalent to a mouse click. In the toolbar use the right arrow and left arrow keys. The Home and End keys select the first and last icon in the toolbar, respectively.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145365" role="paragraph">Close the toolbar with Esc. It is not possible to move the toolbar without a mouse.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3151119">Selection from a combo box</h3> <table id="tbl_id3147427"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146986" role="paragraph"> -<image id="img_id3148645" src="media/helpimg/zellvor.png" width="1.15in" height="0.3165in" localize="true"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3148645">Combo box</alt> + <paragraph id="par_id3146986" role="paragraph"> +<image id="img_id3148645" src="media/helpimg/zellvor.png" width="1.15in" height="0.3165in" localize="true"><alt id="alt_id3148645">Combo box</alt> </image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149666" role="paragraph">Select the combo box. Press Enter.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155366" role="paragraph">Use the down arrow or Page Down key to scroll down the combo box entries, or the up arrow or Page Up key to scroll upwards. The Home key takes you to the first entry and the End key takes you to the last entry.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145749" role="paragraph">Press Enter to execute the selected entry.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149666" role="paragraph">Select the combo box. Press Enter.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3155366" role="paragraph">Use the down arrow or Page Down key to scroll down the combo box entries, or the up arrow or Page Up key to scroll upwards. The Home key takes you to the first entry and the End key takes you to the last entry.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145749" role="paragraph">Press Enter to execute the selected entry.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> <h3 id="hd_id3150685">Selection in Tables</h3> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154320" role="paragraph">In several windows, dialogs, and in the table control field, there are tables to select data, for instance, in the right part of the <link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp">Data Source View</link>. The following keys are used for selections in these tables:</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154320" role="paragraph">In several windows, dialogs, and in the table control field, there are tables to select data, for instance, in the right part of the <link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp">Data Source View</link>. The following keys are used for selections in these tables:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154014" role="listitem">Spacebar: switches from selection of the current row and cancellation of any selection, but not if the current cell is in edit mode.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154014" role="listitem">Spacebar: switches from selection of the current row and cancellation of any selection, but not if the current cell is in edit mode.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147396" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3147396" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+spacebar: switches between selection of the current row and cancellation of this selection.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149488" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3149488" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+spacebar: switches between selection of the current column and cancellation of this selection.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156286" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph id="par_id3156286" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Up Arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down Arrow: moves the window separator between table and form, for instance in the bibliography database.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145251" role="listitem">In a table control or in the data source view, the Tab key moves to the next column. To move to the next control, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3145251" role="listitem">In a table control or in the data source view, the Tab key moves to the next column. To move to the next control, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab. To move to the previous control, press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab.</paragraph> </listitem> @@ -126,283 +126,285 @@ <h3 id="hd_id3150592">Size and Position of Windows and Dialogs</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153221" role="listitem">First press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph id="par_id3153221" role="listitem">First press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+spacebar.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148456" role="listitem">A system menu opens with menu commands like <emph>Move</emph>, <emph>Resize</emph> and <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3148456" role="listitem">A system menu opens with menu commands like <emph>Move</emph>, <emph>Resize</emph> and <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149400" role="listitem">Choose a command (down arrow, then Enter).</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149400" role="listitem">Choose a command (down arrow, then Enter).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155083" role="listitem">Now you can use the arrow keys to move or resize the dialog or window.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3155083" role="listitem">Now you can use the arrow keys to move or resize the dialog or window.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147497" role="listitem">Press Enter to accept the change. Press Escape to cancel the changes.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3147497" role="listitem">Press Enter to accept the change. Press Escape to cancel the changes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h3 id="hd_id3146988">Docking and Undocking Windows and Toolbars</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147176" role="listitem">Press F6 until the window or toolbar is selected.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3147176" role="listitem">Press F6 until the window or toolbar is selected.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153707" role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3153707" role="listitem">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F10.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h3 id="hd_id3154479">Selecting objects</h3> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148993" role="paragraph">Press Shift+F4 to select the first object in the current document. When an object is selected, press Tab to select the next object, or press Esc to go back to the text.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3148993" role="paragraph">Press Shift+F4 to select the first object in the current document. When an object is selected, press Tab to select the next object, or press Esc to go back to the text.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3152962">Edit Objects</h3> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156379" role="paragraph">A selected OLE object can be activated with the Enter key.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3156379" role="paragraph">A selected OLE object can be activated with the Enter key.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3155766">Edit Position and Size of Objects</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148405" role="listitem">Use the arrow keys to move the selected object by one grid resolution unit.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145619" role="listitem">Set the grid resolution unit with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grid</emph> in the <emph>Resolution</emph> area. If you enter a number greater than 1 in the <emph>Subdivision</emph> area, you must press the arrow key as often as the number states to move the selected object by one grid resolution unit.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3148405" role="listitem">Use the arrow keys to move the selected object by one grid resolution unit.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145619" role="listitem">Set the grid resolution unit with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Grid</emph> in the <emph>Resolution</emph> area. If you enter a number greater than 1 in the <emph>Subdivision</emph> area, you must press the arrow key as often as the number states to move the selected object by one grid resolution unit.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166450" role="listitem">Use the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph id="par_id3166450" role="listitem">Use the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and arrow keys to move the selected object by one pixel.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147345" role="listitem">Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3147345" role="listitem">Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to enter the handle edit mode. The upper left handle is the active handle, it starts blinking. Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to select the next handle. Press Escape to exit the handle edit mode.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149565" role="listitem">In the handle edit mode, the arrow keys move the selected handle, which changes the object size.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149565" role="listitem">In the handle edit mode, the arrow keys move the selected handle, which changes the object size.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h3 id="hd_id3147361">Edit the Anchors of Objects</h3> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148534" role="paragraph">You can move the anchor of an object with the arrow keys. First enter the handle edit mode and select the anchor. Depending on the type of anchor, you can then move the anchor in different directions.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3148534" role="paragraph">You can move the anchor of an object with the arrow keys. First enter the handle edit mode and select the anchor. Depending on the type of anchor, you can then move the anchor in different directions.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163808" role="listitem">Select the object.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3163808" role="listitem">Select the object.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150646" role="listitem">Enter the handle edit mode with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3150646" role="listitem">Enter the handle edit mode with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150940" role="listitem">The upper left handle starts blinking. Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3150940" role="listitem">The upper left handle starts blinking. Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab several times, until no handle blinks. This signals that now the anchor of the object is activated. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER">In text documents you can press Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to activate the anchor directly. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153919" role="listitem">Use the arrow keys to move the anchor. The object follows the anchor as appropriate.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153919" role="listitem">Use the arrow keys to move the anchor. The object follows the anchor as appropriate.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152582" role="paragraph">You can change the anchor of the selected object for example in the object's context menu.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3152582" role="paragraph">You can change the anchor of the selected object for example in the object's context menu.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148393" role="listitem">If the object is anchored <emph>To Paragraph</emph>, the arrow keys move the object to the previous or next paragraph.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3148393" role="listitem">If the object is anchored <emph>To Paragraph</emph>, the arrow keys move the object to the previous or next paragraph.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145615" role="listitem">If the object is anchored<emph> To page</emph>, the keys Page Up or Page Down move it to the previous or next page.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145615" role="listitem">If the object is anchored<emph> To page</emph>, the keys Page Up or Page Down move it to the previous or next page.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145135" role="listitem">If the object is anchored <emph>To character</emph>, the Arrow keys move it through the current paragraph.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145135" role="listitem">If the object is anchored <emph>To character</emph>, the Arrow keys move it through the current paragraph.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145256" role="listitem">If the object is anchored<emph> As character</emph>, no anchor icon exists. You cannot move the object.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145256" role="listitem">If the object is anchored<emph> As character</emph>, no anchor icon exists. You cannot move the object.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149527" role="listitem">If the object is anchored <emph>To frame</emph>, the Arrow keys move it to the next frame in the respective direction.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149527" role="listitem">If the object is anchored <emph>To frame</emph>, the Arrow keys move it to the next frame in the respective direction.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h3 id="hd_id3153270">Controlling the Dividing Lines</h3> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158413" role="paragraph">Documents of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw, and <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Impress can be split horizontally and vertically into separate views. Each view can show other parts of the document. Using the mouse, you can drag a dividing line from the scrollbar into the document.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3158413" role="paragraph">Documents of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw, and <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Impress can be split horizontally and vertically into separate views. Each view can show other parts of the document. Using the mouse, you can drag a dividing line from the scrollbar into the document.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149814" role="listitem">Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3149814" role="listitem">Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6: shows the dividing lines at default positions and focus a line.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158444" role="listitem">Arrow keys: moves the current dividing line a big step in the arrow direction.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3158444" role="listitem">Arrow keys: moves the current dividing line a big step in the arrow direction.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163668" role="listitem">Shift+Arrow keys: moves the current dividing line a small step in the arrow direction.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3163668" role="listitem">Shift+Arrow keys: moves the current dividing line a small step in the arrow direction.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148426" role="listitem">Delete: deletes the current dividing line</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3148426" role="listitem">Delete: deletes the current dividing line</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151277" role="listitem">Shift+Delete: deletes both dividing lines</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3151277" role="listitem">Shift+Delete: deletes both dividing lines</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150383" role="listitem">Enter: fixes the current position of the dividing lines</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150383" role="listitem">Enter: fixes the current position of the dividing lines</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150369" role="listitem">Escape: resets the current dividing line to its default position</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150369" role="listitem">Escape: resets the current dividing line to its default position</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <section id="data_source_view"> <h2 id="hd_id3154492">Controlling the Data Source View</h2> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150515" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Shift + F4 opens and closes the data source view.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159109" role="paragraph">F6: switches between document and toolbars.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153229" role="paragraph">+ (plus key): expands the selected entry in the data source explorer.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150312" role="paragraph">- (minus key): collapses the selected entry in the data source explorer.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154368" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3150515" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Shift + F4 opens and closes the data source view.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3159109" role="paragraph">F6: switches between document and toolbars.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153229" role="paragraph">+ (plus key): expands the selected entry in the data source explorer.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150312" role="paragraph">- (minus key): collapses the selected entry in the data source explorer.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154368" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+E: switches between data source explorer and table.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3147171">Shortcuts in the Query Design Window</h3> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152455" role="paragraph">F6: switches between object bar, table view, and selection area.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151180" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph id="par_id3152455" role="paragraph">F6: switches between object bar, table view, and selection area.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3151180" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Up arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down arrow: moves the border between table view and selection area up or down.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3156288">Keys in the Table View (upper area of the query design) and in the Relations window</h3> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156166" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3156166" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow key: moves the selected table in the direction of the arrow.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147310" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3147310" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Arrow key: resizes the selected table in the table view.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152986" role="paragraph">Del: removes the selected table or connection from the table view.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145384" role="paragraph">Tab: switches between tables and connections in the table view.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154529" role="paragraph">Enter: when a connection is selected, the Enter key opens the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog of the connection.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159624" role="paragraph">Enter: when a table is selected, the Enter key enters the first data field from the list box into the selection area.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3152986" role="paragraph">Del: removes the selected table or connection from the table view.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145384" role="paragraph">Tab: switches between tables and connections in the table view.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154529" role="paragraph">Enter: when a connection is selected, the Enter key opens the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog of the connection.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3159624" role="paragraph">Enter: when a table is selected, the Enter key enters the first data field from the list box into the selection area.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3153816">Keys in the Selection Area (bottom area of the query design)</h3> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152896" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3152896" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Left Arrow or Right Arrow: moves the selected column to the left or to the right.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3146152">Keys in the Table Design Window</h3> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151243" role="paragraph">F6: switches between toolbar, column view, and properties area.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3151243" role="paragraph">F6: switches between toolbar, column view, and properties area.</paragraph> </section> <section id="imagemaptext"> <h2 id="hd_id3145075">Controlling the ImageMap Editor</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159096" role="listitem">Press Tab to select an icon. If you selected one of the icons from <emph>Rectangle</emph> to <emph>Freeform Polygon</emph> and you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command + <paragraph id="par_id3159096" role="listitem">Press Tab to select an icon. If you selected one of the icons from <emph>Rectangle</emph> to <emph>Freeform Polygon</emph> and you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Enter</keycode>, an object of the selected type is created in default size.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156016" role="listitem">If you press <keycode>Enter</keycode> while the icon <emph>Select</emph> is selected, the focus is set into the image window of the ImageMap Editor. Press <keycode>Esc</keycode> to set the focus back to the icons and input boxes.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3156016" role="listitem">If you press <keycode>Enter</keycode> while the icon <emph>Select</emph> is selected, the focus is set into the image window of the ImageMap Editor. Press <keycode>Esc</keycode> to set the focus back to the icons and input boxes.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149587" role="listitem">If the <emph>Select</emph> icon is selected and you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Enter</keycode>, the first object in the image window gets selected.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149587" role="listitem">If the <emph>Select</emph> icon is selected and you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Enter</keycode>, the first object in the image window gets selected.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154343" role="listitem">Use the icon <emph>Edit Points</emph> to switch into the point edit mode for polygons and back.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154343" role="listitem">Use the icon <emph>Edit Points</emph> to switch into the point edit mode for polygons and back.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147073" role="listitem">Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode> in the image window to select the next point. Use <keycode>Shift+</keycode><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode> to select the previous point.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3147073" role="listitem">Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode> in the image window to select the next point. Use <keycode>Shift+</keycode><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode> to select the previous point.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153285" role="listitem">Use the Delete key with the focus in the image window to delete the selected object.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153285" role="listitem">Use the Delete key with the focus in the image window to delete the selected object.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </section> <h2 id="hd_id3145377">Controlling the Help</h2> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149441" role="paragraph">Press Shift+F1 to display the <link href="text/shared/main0108.xhp">Extended Tips</link> for the currently selected command, icon or control.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149441" role="paragraph">Press Shift+F1 to display the <link href="text/shared/main0108.xhp">Extended Tips</link> for the currently selected command, icon or control.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3154960">Navigating the main help pages</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151300" role="listitem">In the main help pages, use Tab to jump to the next hyperlink or Shift+Tab to jump to the previous link.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3151300" role="listitem">In the main help pages, use Tab to jump to the next hyperlink or Shift+Tab to jump to the previous link.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155537" role="listitem">Press Enter to execute the selected hyperlink.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3155537" role="listitem">Press Enter to execute the selected hyperlink.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154912" role="listitem">Press Backspace above the Enter key to return to the previous help page.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154912" role="listitem">Press Backspace above the Enter key to return to the previous help page.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id3150894">Controlling the Text Import dialog (CSV file import)</h2> <h3 id="hd_id3153975">Ruler</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152869" role="listitem">Left or Right Arrow: go one position to the left or to the right</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3152869" role="listitem">Left or Right Arrow: go one position to the left or to the right</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151000" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Left Arrow</keycode> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Right Arrow</keycode>: jump to the previous or to the next split</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3151000" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Left Arrow</keycode> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Right Arrow</keycode>: jump to the previous or to the next split</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159203" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Left Arrow</keycode> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Right Arrow</keycode>: move a split one position to the left or to the right</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3159203" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Left Arrow</keycode> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Right Arrow</keycode>: move a split one position to the left or to the right</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154538" role="listitem">Home or End: jump to the first or the last possible position</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154538" role="listitem">Home or End: jump to the first or the last possible position</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155382" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Home</keycode> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+End</keycode>: jump to the first or the last split</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3155382" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Home</keycode> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+End</keycode>: jump to the first or the last split</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155894" role="listitem"><keycode>Shift+</keycode><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Home</keycode> or <keycode>Shift+</keycode><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+End</keycode>: move split to the first or to the last position</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3155894" role="listitem"><keycode>Shift+</keycode><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Home</keycode> or <keycode>Shift+</keycode><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+End</keycode>: move split to the first or to the last position</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145195" role="listitem">Space key: insert or remove a split</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145195" role="listitem">Space key: insert or remove a split</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154647" role="listitem">Insert key: insert a split (leave existing splits unchanged)</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154647" role="listitem">Insert key: insert a split (leave existing splits unchanged)</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154765" role="listitem">Delete key: delete a split</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154765" role="listitem">Delete key: delete a split</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154650" role="listitem">Shift+Delete: delete all splits</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154650" role="listitem">Shift+Delete: delete all splits</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145368" role="listitem">Up Arrow or Down Arrow: scroll table down or up one row</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145368" role="listitem">Up Arrow or Down Arrow: scroll table down or up one row</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155914" role="listitem">Page Up or Page Down: scroll table down or up one page</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3155914" role="listitem">Page Up or Page Down: scroll table down or up one page</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147492" role="listitem">Escape key (during mouse drag): cancel drag, move split to old position</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3147492" role="listitem">Escape key (during mouse drag): cancel drag, move split to old position</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h3 id="hd_id3145216">Preview</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155148" role="listitem">Left Arrow or Right Arrow: select left or right column and clear other selections</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3155148" role="listitem">Left Arrow or Right Arrow: select left or right column and clear other selections</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150780" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Left Arrow</keycode> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Right Arrow</keycode>: move focus to the left or to the right column (does not change selection)</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150780" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Left Arrow</keycode> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Right Arrow</keycode>: move focus to the left or to the right column (does not change selection)</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153811" role="listitem">Shift+Left Arrow or Shift+Right Arrow: expand or shrink the selected range</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153811" role="listitem">Shift+Left Arrow or Shift+Right Arrow: expand or shrink the selected range</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146962" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Left Arrow</keycode> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Right Arrow</keycode>: expand or shrink the selected range (does not change other selections)</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3146962" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Left Arrow</keycode> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Right Arrow</keycode>: expand or shrink the selected range (does not change other selections)</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147512" role="listitem"><keycode>Home</keycode> or <keycode>End</keycode>: select the first or the last column (use <keycode>Shift</keycode> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> as with cursor keys)</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3147512" role="listitem"><keycode>Home</keycode> or <keycode>End</keycode>: select the first or the last column (use <keycode>Shift</keycode> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> as with cursor keys)</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154733" role="listitem">Shift+Space key: select the range from the last selected column to the current column</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154733" role="listitem">Shift+Space key: select the range from the last selected column to the current column</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154171" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Space</keycode> key: select the range from the last selected column to the current column (does not change other selections)</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154171" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Space</keycode> key: select the range from the last selected column to the current column (does not change other selections)</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156368" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+A</keycode>: select all columns</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3156368" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+A</keycode>: select all columns</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151192" role="listitem">Shift+F10: open a context menu</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3151192" role="listitem">Shift+F10: open a context menu</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150416" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+1</keycode> ... <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+7</keycode>: set the 1st ... 7th column type for the selected columns</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150416" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+1</keycode> ... <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+7</keycode>: set the 1st ... 7th column type for the selected columns</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166442" role="listitem">Up Arrow or Down Arrow: scroll table down or up one row</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3166442" role="listitem">Up Arrow or Down Arrow: scroll table down or up one row</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146103" role="listitem">Page Up or Page Down: scroll table down or up one page</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3146103" role="listitem">Page Up or Page Down: scroll table down or up one page</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145116" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Home</keycode> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+End</keycode>: scroll to the top or bottom of a table</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145116" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Home</keycode> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+End</keycode>: scroll to the top or bottom of a table</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id3153298">Controlling the Insert - Special Character Dialog</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153073" role="listitem">Tab switches through all controls in the dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153073" role="listitem">Tab switches through all controls in the dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153295" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option + <paragraph id="par_id3153295" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down Arrow opens a combo box. Enter selects the current entry in the combo box.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153958" role="listitem">Arrow buttons move through the main selection area. Spacebar adds the current character to the list of characters to be inserted.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153958" role="listitem">Arrow buttons move through the main selection area. Spacebar adds the current character to the list of characters to be inserted.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp#common_keys"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp#accessibility"/> + + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp#common_keys"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp#accessibility"/> + </section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp index 75f74d1f43..71e756f29a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,11 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidelabelsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating and Printing Labels and Business Cards</title> +<title id="tit">Creating and Printing Labels and Business Cards</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -30,43 +27,45 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150774"><bookmark_value>labels; creating and synchronizing</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150774"><bookmark_value>labels; creating and synchronizing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>business cards; creating and synchronizing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>synchronizing;labels and business cards</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw made "synchronizing..." a two level entry</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="labels"><link href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp">Creating and Printing Labels and Business Cards</link> -</variable></paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150774"><variable id="labels"><link href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp">Creating and Printing Labels and Business Cards</link> +</variable></h1> <h2 id="hd_id3153345">Designing Business Cards Through a Dialog</h2> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146798" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp"><emph>File - New - Business Cards</emph></link> to open the<emph> Business Cards </emph>dialog, which allows you to choose how your business cards will look.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146798">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp"><emph>File - New - Business Cards</emph></link> to open the<emph> Business Cards </emph>dialog, which allows you to choose how your business cards will look.</paragraph> <h2 id="hd_id3147654">Designing Labels and Business Cards</h2> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152349" xml-lang="en-US">You can design both labels and business cards through the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152349">You can design both labels and business cards through the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153880" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010200.xhp"><emph>File - New - Labels</emph></link> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153880">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010200.xhp"><emph>File - New - Labels</emph></link> to open the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149233" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab, under <emph>Format</emph>, define the label format.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145674" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer contains many formats of commercially available sheets for labels, badges, and business cards. You can also add other, user-defined formats.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149233">On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab, under <emph>Format</emph>, define the label format.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145674">$[officename] Writer contains many formats of commercially available sheets for labels, badges, and business cards. You can also add other, user-defined formats.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3143271" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab, under <emph>Inscription</emph>, you can choose what you want written on the labels.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145610" xml-lang="en-US">This often involves database fields, so that the labels can be printed with varying content, when sending "Form Letters" for example. It is also possible to have the same text printed on every label.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151385" xml-lang="en-US">Use the <emph>Database </emph>and <emph>Table </emph>list boxes to select the database and table from which the data fields are obtained. Click on the arrow button to transfer the selected data field into the inscription area. Press Enter to insert a line break. You can also enter spaces and any other fixed text.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147560" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Format</emph> tab you can define your own label formats, not covered by the predefined formats. To do this, select "User" from the <emph>Type</emph> list box. On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, you can specify whether all labels or only certain ones are to be created.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3143271">On the <emph>Labels</emph> tab, under <emph>Inscription</emph>, you can choose what you want written on the labels.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145610">This often involves database fields, so that the labels can be printed with varying content, when sending "Form Letters" for example. It is also possible to have the same text printed on every label.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151385">Use the <emph>Database </emph>and <emph>Table </emph>list boxes to select the database and table from which the data fields are obtained. Click on the arrow button to transfer the selected data field into the inscription area. Press Enter to insert a line break. You can also enter spaces and any other fixed text.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147560">On the <emph>Format</emph> tab you can define your own label formats, not covered by the predefined formats. To do this, select "User" from the <emph>Type</emph> list box. On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, you can specify whether all labels or only certain ones are to be created.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150358" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, make sure that the <emph>Synchronize contents</emph> box is selected. If this is selected, a label only has to be entered (on the top left label) and edited once.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150358">On the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, make sure that the <emph>Synchronize contents</emph> box is selected. If this is selected, a label only has to be entered (on the top left label) and edited once.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149767" xml-lang="en-US">Click on <emph>New Document</emph> to create a new document with the settings you have entered.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149767">Click on <emph>New Document</emph> to create a new document with the settings you have entered.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156424" xml-lang="en-US">As soon as you click on <emph>New Document</emph>, you will see a small window with the <emph>Synchronize Labels</emph> button. Enter the first label. When you click on the <emph>Synchronize Labels</emph> button, the current individual label is copied to all the other labels on the sheet.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156424">As soon as you click on <emph>New Document</emph>, you will see a small window with the <emph>Synchronize Labels</emph> button. Enter the first label. When you click on the <emph>Synchronize Labels</emph> button, the current individual label is copied to all the other labels on the sheet.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp#labels_database"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/data_new.xhp#data_new"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150449" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp">Business Cards</link></paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp#labels_database"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/data_new.xhp#data_new"/> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150449"><link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp">Business Cards</link></paragraph> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp index a2ef50e19b..f17e605f34 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp @@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidelanguage_selectxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Selecting the Document Language</title> + <title id="tit">Selecting the Document Language</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3083278"><bookmark_value>languages; selecting for text</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3083278"><bookmark_value>languages; selecting for text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>documents; languages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters; language selection</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>character styles;language selection</bookmark_value> @@ -37,113 +37,113 @@ <bookmark_value>spelling; default languages</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>dictionaries, see also languages</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "applying;" and changed "languages;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3083278" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="language_select"><link href="text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp">Selecting the Document Language</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150040" role="paragraph">The language you select for your document determines the dictionary used for spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation, the decimal and thousands delimiter used and the default currency format.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3083278"><variable id="language_select"><link href="text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp">Selecting the Document Language</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id3150040" role="paragraph">The language you select for your document determines the dictionary used for spellcheck, thesaurus and hyphenation, the decimal and thousands delimiter used and the default currency format.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153093" role="listitem">The language you select applies to the whole document.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153093" role="listitem">The language you select applies to the whole document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152578" role="listitem">Within the document, you can apply a separate language to any paragraph style. This has priority over the language of the whole document.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3152578" role="listitem">Within the document, you can apply a separate language to any paragraph style. This has priority over the language of the whole document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152886" role="listitem">You can assign a language to selected pieces of text in a paragraph, either by direct formatting or with a character style. This assignment has priority over the paragraph style and document language.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3152886" role="listitem">You can assign a language to selected pieces of text in a paragraph, either by direct formatting or with a character style. This assignment has priority over the paragraph style and document language.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id3146121">Selecting a language for the whole document</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3083443" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>. Go to <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp"><emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph></link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3083443" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>. Go to <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp"><emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149664" role="listitem">Under <emph>Default languages for documents</emph>, select the document language for all newly created documents. If you mark <emph>For the current document only</emph>, your choice will only apply to the current document. Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149664" role="listitem">Under <emph>Default languages for documents</emph>, select the document language for all newly created documents. If you mark <emph>For the current document only</emph>, your choice will only apply to the current document. Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id3152938">Selecting a language for a Paragraph Style</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150872" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the paragraph whose paragraph style you want to edit.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150872" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the paragraph whose paragraph style you want to edit.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145367" role="listitem">Open the context menu and select <emph>Edit Paragraph Style</emph>. This opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145367" role="listitem">Open the context menu and select <emph>Edit Paragraph Style</emph>. This opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166413" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Font</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3166413" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Font</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156283" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Language</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154942" role="listitem">All paragraphs formatted with the current paragraph style will have the selected language.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3156283" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Language</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154942" role="listitem">All paragraphs formatted with the current paragraph style will have the selected language.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id3145801">Applying a language directly to selected text</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148455" role="listitem">Select the text to which you want to apply a language.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3148455" role="listitem">Select the text to which you want to apply a language.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159348" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3159348" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155600" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Font</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3155600" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Font</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154510" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Language</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154510" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Language</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154164" role="paragraph">In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc, choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph> and proceed accordingly.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154164" role="paragraph">In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc, choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph> and proceed accordingly.</paragraph> <h2 id="hd_id3154272">Selecting a language for a Character Style</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145649" role="listitem">Open the Styles window and click on the <emph>Character Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145649" role="listitem">Open the Styles window and click on the <emph>Character Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146792" role="listitem">Click on the name of the character style to which you want to apply a different language.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3146792" role="listitem">Click on the name of the character style to which you want to apply a different language.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150753" role="listitem">Then open the context menu in the <emph>Styles</emph> window and select <emph>Modify</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character Style</emph> dialog.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150753" role="listitem">Then open the context menu in the <emph>Styles</emph> window and select <emph>Modify</emph>. This opens the <emph>Character Style</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150321" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Font</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150321" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Font</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154756" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Language</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155766" role="listitem">Now you can apply the character style to your selected text.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154756" role="listitem">Select the <emph>Language</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3155766" role="listitem">Now you can apply the character style to your selected text.</paragraph> </listitem> </list><comment>UFI: see i76182</comment> <h2 id="hd_id8703268">Adding More Text Languages</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7919248" role="paragraph">Dictionaries are supplied and installed as extensions. Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Language - More Dictionaries Online</item> to open the dictionaries page in your default web browser.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id7919248" role="paragraph">Dictionaries are supplied and installed as extensions. Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Language - More Dictionaries Online</item> to open the dictionaries page in your default web browser.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5174108" role="paragraph">Select a dictionary in the list of descriptions. Click the heading in a dictionary description that you want to get.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id5174108" role="paragraph">Select a dictionary in the list of descriptions. Click the heading in a dictionary description that you want to get.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2897427" role="paragraph">In the next page, click the <emph>Get It</emph> icon to download the dictionary extension. Note the folder name to which your browser downloads the file. Download additional dictionaries as you like.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id2897427" role="paragraph">In the next page, click the <emph>Get It</emph> icon to download the dictionary extension. Note the folder name to which your browser downloads the file. Download additional dictionaries as you like.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3906979" role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME, choose <menuitem>Tools - Extensions</menuitem> and click <emph>Add</emph> to install the downloaded extensions.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3906979" role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME, choose <menuitem>Tools - Extensions</menuitem> and click <emph>Add</emph> to install the downloaded extensions.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0220200911174493" role="paragraph">After you installed the extensions, you should close %PRODUCTNAME (including the Quickstarter), and restart.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id0220200911174493" role="paragraph">After you installed the extensions, you should close %PRODUCTNAME (including the Quickstarter), and restart.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id9100924">Setting UI Language</h2> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2761314" role="paragraph">A standard installation of %PRODUCTNAME software will give you a user interface (UI) of your chosen language.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3912778" role="paragraph">Most users download the American English version, which gives you English menu commands and English application help. If you want another language for the menus (and for the application help, if available in that language), change the UI language as follows.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id2761314" role="paragraph">A standard installation of %PRODUCTNAME software will give you a user interface (UI) of your chosen language.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3912778" role="paragraph">Most users download the American English version, which gives you English menu commands and English application help. If you want another language for the menus (and for the application help, if available in that language), change the UI language as follows.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163853" role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Language Settings - Languages</item>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3163853" role="paragraph">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Language Settings - Languages</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id121158" role="paragraph">Select another UI language in the "User interface" listbox.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id121158" role="paragraph">Select another UI language in the "User interface" listbox.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3806878" role="paragraph">Click <emph>OK</emph> and restart %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3806878" role="paragraph">Click <emph>OK</emph> and restart %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id130619" role="paragraph">If the listbox doesn't list the language that you want, see "Adding More UI Languages".</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id130619" role="paragraph">If the listbox doesn't list the language that you want, see "Adding More UI Languages".</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id9999694">Adding More UI Languages</h2> @@ -151,58 +151,60 @@ <case select="WIN"> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852901" role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id9852901" role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3791925" role="paragraph">Run %PRODUCTNAME installer, choose <emph>Modify</emph>, then select the language that you would like to install from the <emph>Additional user interface languages</emph> group.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3791925" role="paragraph">Run %PRODUCTNAME installer, choose <emph>Modify</emph>, then select the language that you would like to install from the <emph>Additional user interface languages</emph> group.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </case> <case select="UNIX"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852903" role="paragraph">If you use %PRODUCTNAME packages maintained by your Linux distribution, follow the steps below.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id9852903" role="paragraph">If you use %PRODUCTNAME packages maintained by your Linux distribution, follow the steps below.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852902" role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id9852902" role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3791926" role="paragraph">Open your favourite package manager, look for %PRODUCTNAME language packs, and install the languages that you would like to use.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3791926" role="paragraph">Open your favourite package manager, look for %PRODUCTNAME language packs, and install the languages that you would like to use.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852904" role="paragraph">If you downloaded %PRODUCTNAME packages from the main %PRODUCTNAME Web site, follow the steps below.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id9852904" role="paragraph">If you downloaded %PRODUCTNAME packages from the main %PRODUCTNAME Web site, follow the steps below.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2216559" role="paragraph">Open your web browser and enter <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/download/"><emph>https://www.libreoffice.org/download/</emph></link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id2216559" role="paragraph">Open your web browser and enter <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/download/"><emph>https://www.libreoffice.org/download/</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7869502" role="paragraph">Select and download the correct language pack for your version of %PRODUCTNAME software.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id7869502" role="paragraph">Select and download the correct language pack for your version of %PRODUCTNAME software.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852900" role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id9852900" role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3791924" role="paragraph">Install the language pack. Unpack tar.gz file and install the packages according to standard practice on your platform.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3791924" role="paragraph">Install the language pack. Unpack tar.gz file and install the packages according to standard practice on your platform.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </case> <case select="MAC"> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id221655a" role="paragraph">Open your web browser and enter <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/download/"><emph>https://www.libreoffice.org/download/</emph></link>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id221655a" role="paragraph">Open your web browser and enter <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/download/"><emph>https://www.libreoffice.org/download/</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7869503" role="paragraph">Select and download the correct language pack for your version of %PRODUCTNAME software.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id7869503" role="paragraph">Select and download the correct language pack for your version of %PRODUCTNAME software.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9852905" role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id9852905" role="paragraph">Close %PRODUCTNAME software (also close the Quickstarter, if you enabled it).</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3791927" role="paragraph">Install the language pack by double-clicking the dmg file.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3791927" role="paragraph">Install the language pack by double-clicking the dmg file.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </case> </switch> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150043" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp">Language Settings - Languages</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152483" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp">Format - Character - Font</link></paragraph> + + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph id="par_id3150043" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp">Language Settings - Languages</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3152483" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp">Format - Character - Font</link></paragraph> + </section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp index 4a132f32f5..a959d4032e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp @@ -1,124 +1,115 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- - * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. - * - * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public - * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this - * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. - * - * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: - * - * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more - * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed - * with this work for additional information regarding copyright - * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache - * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file - * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of - * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . - --> - - -<meta> -<topic id="textsharedguideline_intextxml" indexer="include"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Drawing Lines in Text</title> -<filename>/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp</filename> -</topic> -</meta> -<body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3143206"><bookmark_value>arrows; drawing in text</bookmark_value> + + <!-- + * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. + * + * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + * + * This file incorporates work covered by the following license notice: + * + * Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more + * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed + * with this work for additional information regarding copyright + * ownership. The ASF licenses this file to you under the Apache + * License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file + * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of + * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . + --> + + + <meta> + <topic id="textsharedguideline_intextxml" indexer="include"> + <title id="tit">Drawing Lines in Text</title> + <filename>/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp</filename> + </topic> + </meta> + <body> + <bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3143206"><bookmark_value>arrows; drawing in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indicator lines in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines; drawing in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lines; removing automatic lines</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>deleting; lines in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>drawing lines in text</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>automatic lines/borders in text</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143206" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="line_intext"><link href="text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp">Drawing Lines in Text</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144436" xml-lang="en-US">You can incorporate lines into your text with custom angles, width, color, and other attributes.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">To define the line attributes and direction, use the <emph>Line</emph> drawing object as follows:</paragraph> -<table id="tbl_id3153031"> -<tablerow> -<tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156113" xml-lang="en-US"> -<image id="img_id3166410" src="cmd/sc_insertdraw.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US"> -<image id="img_id3154285" src="cmd/sc_line.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3154285" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image></paragraph> -</tablecell> -<tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153254" xml-lang="en-US">1.</paragraph> -</tablecell> -<tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159400" xml-lang="en-US">On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Show Draw Functions </emph>icon to open the <emph>Drawing </emph>toolbar, and click the <emph>Line</emph> icon. The mouse pointer changes to a cross-hair symbol with a line beside it.</paragraph> -</tablecell> -</tablerow> -<tablerow> -<tablecell> -</tablecell> -<tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156117" xml-lang="en-US">2.</paragraph> -</tablecell> -<tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152472" xml-lang="en-US">In your document, click where the line should begin. Hold down the mouse button and drag to the point where you want the line to end. If you also hold down the Shift key, you can draw only horizontal, vertical, and diagonal lines.</paragraph> -</tablecell> -</tablerow> -<tablerow> -<tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149294" xml-lang="en-US"> -<image id="img_id3159413" src="cmd/sc_drawselect.png" width="0.2228in" height="0.2228in"><alt id="alt_id3159413" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image></paragraph> -</tablecell> -<tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151056" xml-lang="en-US">3.</paragraph> -</tablecell> -<tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153361" xml-lang="en-US">Release the mouse button once the line has the desired direction and length. You can then draw more lines. End this function by pressing the Esc key or by clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon from the <emph>Drawing </emph>bar.</paragraph> -</tablecell> -</tablerow> -<tablerow> -<tablecell> -</tablecell> -<tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156422" xml-lang="en-US">4.</paragraph> -</tablecell> -<tablecell> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159149" xml-lang="en-US">After clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon, you can select all of the lines at the same time by clicking each line while holding down the Shift key. This multiple selection enables you to assign all of them a common color, width or other attribute.</paragraph> -</tablecell> -</tablerow> -</table> + </bookmark> + <h1 id="hd_id3143206"><variable id="line_intext"><link href="text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp">Drawing Lines in Text</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144436">You can incorporate lines into your text with custom angles, width, color, and other attributes.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345">To define the line attributes and direction, use the <emph>Line</emph> drawing object as follows:</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <table id="tbl_id3153031"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156113"> + <image id="img_id3166410" src="cmd/lc_insertdraw.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3166410">Icon Show Draw Functions</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id651679924642471">On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Show Draw Functions </emph>icon to open the <emph>Drawing </emph>toolbar</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <table id="tab_id761679932587584"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152780"><image id="img_id3154285" src="cmd/lc_line.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3154285">Icon Line</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159400">Click the <emph>Line</emph> icon. The mouse pointer changes to a cross-hair symbol with a line beside it.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152472">In your document, click where the line should begin. Hold down the mouse button and drag to the point where you want the line to end. If you also hold down the Shift key, you can draw only horizontal, vertical, and diagonal lines.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <table id="tab_id761670032587584"> + <tablerow> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149294"><image id="img_id3159413" src="cmd/lc_selectobject.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3159413">Icon Select Object</alt></image></paragraph> + </tablecell> + <tablecell> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153361">Release the mouse button once the line has the desired direction and length. You can then draw more lines. End this function by pressing the Esc key or by clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon from the <emph>Drawing </emph>bar.</paragraph> + </tablecell> + </tablerow> + </table> + </listitem> + </list> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159149">After clicking the <emph>Select</emph> icon, you can select all of the lines at the same time by clicking each line while holding down the Shift key. This multiple selection enables you to assign all of them a common color, width or other attribute.</paragraph> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153049">Create a horizontal line by applying the preset Paragraph Style <emph>Horizontal Line</emph>. Click into an empty paragraph, and double-click the <emph>Horizontal Line</emph> Style in the <emph>Styles</emph> window. If the entry for horizontal lines is not visible in the list of Paragraph Styles, select "All Styles" in the lower listbox.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153748">You can draw a line above, beside or below a paragraph in a Writer text document by choosing <emph>Format - Paragraph - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp"><emph>Borders</emph></link>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + + <h2 id="par_idN107C6">Automatic lines in Writer</h2> + <list type="ordered"> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107CC">If you start a new line in a Writer text document by typing three or more hyphen characters and press the Enter key, the characters are removed and the previous paragraph gets a line as a bottom border.</paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8849452">To create a single line, type three or more hyphens (-), or underscores (_), and then press Enter. To create a double line, type three or more equal signs (=), asterisks (*), tildes (~), or hash marks (#), and then press Enter.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107D0">To remove an automatically drawn border, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph> and select no border.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107D8">To undo an automatic border replacement once, choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107E0">To disable the automatic borders, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Options</emph> and clear <emph>Apply border</emph>.</paragraph> + </listitem> + </list> + <warning id="par_id3145787">The lines and other drawing objects that you insert in text are not defined in <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html">HTML</link>, and are therefore not exported directly into HTML format. Instead, they are exported as graphics.</warning> + <tip id="par_id641804">When you enter a line width, you can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.</tip> -<list type="ordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153049" xml-lang="en-US">Create a horizontal line by applying the preset Paragraph Style <emph>Horizontal Line</emph>. Click into an empty paragraph, and double-click the <emph>Horizontal Line</emph> Style in the <emph>Styles</emph> window. If the entry for horizontal lines is not visible in the list of Paragraph Styles, select "All Styles" in the lower listbox.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US">You can draw a line above, beside or below a paragraph in a Writer text document by choosing <emph>Format - Paragraph - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp"><emph>Borders</emph></link>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> -<h2 id="par_idN107C6">Automatic lines in Writer</h2> -<list type="ordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107CC" xml-lang="en-US">If you start a new line in a Writer text document by typing three or more hyphen characters and press the Enter key, the characters are removed and the previous paragraph gets a line as a bottom border.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8849452" xml-lang="en-US">To create a single line, type three or more hyphens (-), or underscores (_), and then press Enter. To create a double line, type three or more equal signs (=), asterisks (*), tildes (~), or hash marks (#), and then press Enter.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107D0" xml-lang="en-US">To remove an automatically drawn border, choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph> and select no border.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107D8" xml-lang="en-US">To undo an automatic border replacement once, choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107E0" xml-lang="en-US">To disable the automatic borders, choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Options</emph> and clear <emph>Apply border</emph>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> -<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3145787" xml-lang="en-US">The lines and other drawing objects that you insert in text are not defined in <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#html">HTML</link>, and are therefore not exported directly into HTML format. Instead, they are exported as graphics.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id641804" xml-lang="en-US">When you enter a line width, you can append a measurement unit. A zero line width results in a hairline with a width of one pixel of the output medium.</paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154188" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link></paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp#linestyles"/> + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154188"><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp#linestyles"/> + </section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp index 55b308ac21..7415364630 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,11 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidemeasurement_unitsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Selecting Measurement Units</title> +<title id="tit">Selecting Measurement Units</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -30,7 +27,7 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3159201"><bookmark_value>documents;measurement units in</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3159201"><bookmark_value>documents;measurement units in</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>measurement units;selecting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>units;measurement units</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centimeters</bookmark_value> @@ -38,29 +35,30 @@ <bookmark_value>distances</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>selecting;measurement units</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159201" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="measurement_units"><link href="text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp">Selecting Measurement Units</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US">You can select separate measurement units for $[officename] Writer, $[officename] Writer/Web, $[officename] Calc, $[officename] Impress and $[officename] Draw documents.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3159201"><variable id="measurement_units"><link href="text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp">Selecting Measurement Units</link></variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146957">You can select separate measurement units for $[officename] Writer, $[officename] Writer/Web, $[officename] Calc, $[officename] Impress and $[officename] Draw documents.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10674" xml-lang="en-US">Open a document of the type for which you want to change the measurement units.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10674">Open a document of the type for which you want to change the measurement units.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153345">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US">In the left pane of the dialog, double-click the application for which you want to select the measurement unit.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147653" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer</emph> if you want to select the measurement units for text documents.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154749">In the left pane of the dialog, double-click the application for which you want to select the measurement unit.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147653">Double-click <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer</emph> if you want to select the measurement units for text documents.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150443" xml-lang="en-US">Click on <emph>General</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150443">Click on <emph>General</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>General</emph> tab page, select the measurement unit. Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147335">On the <emph>General</emph> tab page, select the measurement unit. Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153126" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp">Entering measurement units directly</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148473" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</link></paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153126"><link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp">Entering measurement units directly</link></paragraph> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148473"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</link></paragraph> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp index 15d1d8b50a..90a13ce2d9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <helpdocument version="1.0"> - + <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,61 +18,61 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - + + <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidems_userxml" indexer="include"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Using Microsoft Office and $[officename]</title> +<title id="tit">Using Microsoft Office and $[officename]</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150789"><bookmark_value>Office;Microsoft Office and $[officename]</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150789"><bookmark_value>Office;Microsoft Office and $[officename]</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Microsoft Office;new users information</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opening;Microsoft Office files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>saving;in Microsoft Office file format</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>macros; in MS Office documents</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150789" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="ms_user"><link href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp">Using Microsoft Office and $[officename]</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152801" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] can open and save documents in the Microsoft Office file formats, including Microsoft Office Open XML formats.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150789"><variable id="ms_user"><link href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp">Using Microsoft Office and $[officename]</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152801">$[officename] can open and save documents in the Microsoft Office file formats, including Microsoft Office Open XML formats.</paragraph> <h2 id="hd_id3145345">Opening a Microsoft Office File</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>. Select a Microsoft Office file in the $[officename] file open dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147008">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>. Select a Microsoft Office file in the $[officename] file open dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <table id="tbl_id3147653"> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US">MS Office file...</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3156346">MS Office file...</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3155342" xml-lang="en-US">...will open in $[officename] module</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablehead" id="par_id3155342">...will open in $[officename] module</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153543" xml-lang="en-US">Microsoft Word, *.doc, *.docx</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153543">Microsoft Word, *.doc, *.docx</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147620" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147620">$[officename] Writer</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154898" xml-lang="en-US">Microsoft Excel, *.xls, *.xlsx</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3154898">Microsoft Excel, *.xls, *.xlsx</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149580" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Calc</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3149580">$[officename] Calc</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> <tablerow> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147574" xml-lang="en-US">Microsoft PowerPoint, *.ppt, *.pps, *.pptx</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3147574">Microsoft PowerPoint, *.ppt, *.pps, *.pptx</paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153626" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Impress</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tablecontent" id="par_id3153626">$[officename] Impress</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> @@ -80,22 +80,22 @@ <h2 id="hd_id3147303">Saving as a Microsoft Office File</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145068" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145068">Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>File type</emph> box, select a Microsoft Office file format.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153379">In the <emph>File type</emph> box, select a Microsoft Office file format.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id3154138">Saving Documents by Default in Microsoft Office Formats</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3144760" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3144760">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148453" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Default file format and ODF settings</emph> area, first select a document type, then select the file type for saving.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148453">In the <emph>Default file format and ODF settings</emph> area, first select a document type, then select the file type for saving.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US">From now on, if you save a document, the <emph>File type </emph>will be set according to your choice. Of course, you still can select another file type in the file save dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149807">From now on, if you save a document, the <emph>File type </emph>will be set according to your choice. Of course, you still can select another file type in the file save dialog.</paragraph> <switch select="sys"> <case select="WIN"> <h2 id="hd_id3156423">Opening Microsoft Office Files by Default</h2> @@ -103,25 +103,26 @@ </case> </switch> <h2 id="hd_id3153092">Converting Many Microsoft Office Files into OpenDocument Format</h2> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146986" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Document Converter Wizard</emph> will copy and convert all Microsoft Office files in a folder into $[officename] documents in the OpenDocument file format. You can specify the folder to be read, and the folder where the converted files are to be saved.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146986">The <emph>Document Converter Wizard</emph> will copy and convert all Microsoft Office files in a folder into $[officename] documents in the OpenDocument file format. You can specify the folder to be read, and the folder where the converted files are to be saved.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150486" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link> to start the wizard.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150486">Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link> to start the wizard.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id3154319">Macros in Microsoft Office and $[officename]</h2> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154921" xml-lang="en-US">With a few exceptions, Microsoft Office and $[officename] cannot run the same macro code. Microsoft Office uses VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code, and $[officename] uses Basic code based on the $[officename] API (Application Program Interface) environment. Although the programming language is the same, the objects and methods are different.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id0804200804173539" xml-lang="en-US">The most recent versions of %PRODUCTNAME can run some Excel Visual Basic scripts if you enable this feature at <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</item>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152577" xml-lang="en-US">If you use macros in one of the applications and want to use the same functionality in the other application, you must edit the macros. $[officename] can load the macros that are contained within Microsoft Office files and you can then view and edit the macro code in the $[officename] <link href="text/shared/main0600.xhp">Basic IDE</link> editor.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154921">With a few exceptions, Microsoft Office and $[officename] cannot run the same macro code. Microsoft Office uses VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code, and $[officename] uses Basic code based on the $[officename] API (Application Program Interface) environment. Although the programming language is the same, the objects and methods are different.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id0804200804173539">The most recent versions of %PRODUCTNAME can run some Excel Visual Basic scripts if you enable this feature at <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</item>.</note> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152577">If you use macros in one of the applications and want to use the same functionality in the other application, you must edit the macros. $[officename] can load the macros that are contained within Microsoft Office files and you can then view and edit the macro code in the $[officename] <link href="text/shared/main0600.xhp">Basic IDE</link> editor.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3152596">You can choose to preserve or delete VBA macros</h3> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153144" xml-lang="en-US">Open a Microsoft Office document that contains VBA macro code. Change only the normal contents (text, cells, graphics), and do not edit the macros. Save the document as a Microsoft Office file type. Open the file in Microsoft Office, and the VBA macros will run as before.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150011" xml-lang="en-US">You may delete the VBA macros from the Microsoft Office file on loading or on saving.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153144">Open a Microsoft Office document that contains VBA macro code. Change only the normal contents (text, cells, graphics), and do not edit the macros. Save the document as a Microsoft Office file type. Open the file in Microsoft Office, and the VBA macros will run as before.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150011">You may delete the VBA macros from the Microsoft Office file on loading or on saving.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155366" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - VBA Properties</emph></link> to set the VBA macro handling of $[officename].</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155366">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - VBA Properties</emph></link> to set the VBA macro handling of $[officename].</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp#about"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp#doc_open"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp#import_ms"/> @@ -129,5 +130,6 @@ <switch select="sys"> <case select="WIN"><embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp#ms_doctypes"/></case> </switch> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp index 6796c812f7..8ae506c950 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,11 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidenavigator_setcursorxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Navigation to Quickly Reach Objects</title> +<title id="tit">Navigation to Quickly Reach Objects</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -30,32 +27,33 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150774"><bookmark_value>Document Map, see Navigator</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150774"><bookmark_value>Document Map, see Navigator</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>cursor;quickly moving to an object</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>navigating;in documents</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Navigator;working with</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="navigator_setcursor"><link href="text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp">Navigation to Quickly Reach Objects</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145071" xml-lang="en-US">This is a common use of the Navigator.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150774"><variable id="navigator_setcursor"><link href="text/shared/guide/navigator_setcursor.xhp">Navigation to Quickly Reach Objects</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145071">This is a common use of the Navigator.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145382" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click an object in the Navigator to jump directly to the position of the object in the document.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145382">Double-click an object in the Navigator to jump directly to the position of the object in the document.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US">You can use the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar to scroll to the previous or next object of a specific category.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3163802">You can use the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar to scroll to the previous or next object of a specific category.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148491" xml-lang="en-US">Open the toolbar using the <emph>Navigation</emph> icon below the vertical scroll bar of a text document, or in the Navigator window.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148491">Open the toolbar using the <emph>Navigation</emph> icon below the vertical scroll bar of a text document, or in the Navigator window.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153348" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar, you first select the category, then click on one of the buttons, <emph>Previous Object</emph> or <emph>Next Object</emph>. The names of the buttons refer to the category, for example, the button "Next Object" is named "Next Page" or "Next Bookmark" according to the category.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153348">On the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar, you first select the category, then click on one of the buttons, <emph>Previous Object</emph> or <emph>Next Object</emph>. The names of the buttons refer to the category, for example, the button "Next Object" is named "Next Page" or "Next Bookmark" according to the category.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#arrange_chapters"/> @@ -65,5 +63,6 @@ <case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/> </case> </switch> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp index 25959d9510..e6fba6a909 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,13 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidenavpane_onxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Showing Navigation Pane of the Help</title> +<title id="tit">Showing Navigation Pane of the Help</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -32,27 +27,28 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155364"><bookmark_value>Help; navigation pane showing/hiding</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155364"><bookmark_value>Help; navigation pane showing/hiding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hiding;navigation pane in Help window</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indexes;showing/hiding Help index tab</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155364" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150178" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="navpane_on"><link href="text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp">Showing Navigation Pane of the Help</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US">In the Help window, you can show or hide the navigation pane as needed.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155364" localize="false"/> +<h1 id="hd_id3150178"><variable id="navpane_on"><link href="text/shared/guide/navpane_on.xhp">Showing Navigation Pane of the Help</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147571">In the Help window, you can show or hide the navigation pane as needed.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149827"> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156411" xml-lang="en-US"> -<image id="img_id3153345" src="sfx2/res/indexon_small.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image></paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156411"> +<image id="img_id3153345" src="sfx2/res/indexon_small.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3153345">Icon</alt></image></paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152996" xml-lang="en-US">On the toolbar of the <emph>Help</emph> window, click the left icon to show or hide the navigation pane.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152996">On the toolbar of the <emph>Help</emph> window, click the left icon to show or hide the navigation pane.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp#00000110"/> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp#00000110"/> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp index 309e17a795..4f2941b0ab 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp @@ -1,7 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -19,46 +16,46 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> +<helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidepageformat_maxxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Selecting the Maximum Printable Area on a Page</title> +<title id="tit">Selecting the Maximum Printable Area on a Page</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149180"><bookmark_value>page formats; maximizing</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149180"><bookmark_value>page formats; maximizing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formats; maximizing page formats</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>printers; maximum page formats</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149180" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="pageformat_max"><link href="text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp">Selecting the Maximum Printable Area on a Page</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US">Not all printers can print a paper up to its edges. Most of them leave an unprinted margin.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149182" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] offers a semi-automatic feature that enables you to print as close to the paper's edge as is possible.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3149180"><variable id="pageformat_max"><link href="text/shared/guide/pageformat_max.xhp">Selecting the Maximum Printable Area on a Page</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426">Not all printers can print a paper up to its edges. Most of them leave an unprinted margin.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149182">$[officename] offers a semi-automatic feature that enables you to print as close to the paper's edge as is possible.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159233" xml-lang="en-US">Make sure that your printer has been setup under <emph>File - Printer Settings</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159233">Make sure that your printer has been setup under <emph>File - Printer Settings</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156114" xml-lang="en-US">Make sure that the <emph>Web</emph> in the <emph>View</emph> menu is not selected.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156114">Make sure that the <emph>Web</emph> in the <emph>View</emph> menu is not selected.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147653" xml-lang="en-US">Select the <emph>Format - Page Style</emph> command, and go to the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147653">Select the <emph>Format - Page Style</emph> command, and go to the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US">Under <emph>Margins</emph> you can define the maximum or minimum possible value for the page margins (left, right, top, and bottom). Click into the respective control, then press the Page Up or Page Down key. The preview displays a dashed line around the printable range.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147335">Under <emph>Margins</emph> you can define the maximum or minimum possible value for the page margins (left, right, top, and bottom). Click into the respective control, then press the Page Up or Page Down key. The preview displays a dashed line around the printable range.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145120" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145120">Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<switch select="appl"> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#printing_order"/> </case> </switch> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155388" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp">Printing</link></paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155388"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp">Printing</link></paragraph> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp index 7d5c3ee44f..e8b8b4d08c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp @@ -22,79 +22,81 @@ <meta> <topic id="textsharedguideprint_blackwhitexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Printing in Black and White</title> + <title id="tit">Printing in Black and White</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150125"><bookmark_value>printing; black and white</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150125"><bookmark_value>printing; black and white</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>black and white printing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>colors; not printing</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>text; printing in black</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150125" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="print_blackwhite"><link href="text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp">Printing in Black and White</link> -</variable></paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150125"><variable id="print_blackwhite"><link href="text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp">Printing in Black and White</link> +</variable></h1> <h2 id="hd_id3150499">Printing Text and Images in Black and White</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149346" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. The <emph>General</emph> tab page of the dialog opens.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149346" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. The <emph>General</emph> tab page of the dialog opens.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155892" role="listitem">Click on <emph>Properties</emph>. This opens the Properties dialog for your printer.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3155892" role="listitem">Click on <emph>Properties</emph>. This opens the Properties dialog for your printer.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145313" role="listitem">Select the option to print in black and white. For further information, refer to the user's manual of your printer.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145313" role="listitem">Select the option to print in black and white. For further information, refer to the user's manual of your printer.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153345" role="listitem">Confirm the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog and click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="listitem">The current document will be printed in black and white.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153345" role="listitem">Confirm the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog and click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3156113" role="listitem">The current document will be printed in black and white.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id3147653">Printing in Black and White in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Impress and <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149233" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Impress</menuitem> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Draw</menuitem>, as appropriate.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149233" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Impress</menuitem> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Draw</menuitem>, as appropriate.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150275" role="listitem">Then choose <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150275" role="listitem">Then choose <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147573" role="listitem">Under <emph>Quality,</emph> select either <emph>Grayscale</emph> or <emph>Black & white</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154307" role="listitem">When either of these options is selected, all presentations or drawings will be printed without color. If you only want to print in black for the <emph>current</emph> print job, select the option in <emph>File - Print - %PRODUCTNAME Draw/Impress</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149786" role="listitem"> + <paragraph id="par_id3147573" role="listitem">Under <emph>Quality,</emph> select either <emph>Grayscale</emph> or <emph>Black & white</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154307" role="listitem">When either of these options is selected, all presentations or drawings will be printed without color. If you only want to print in black for the <emph>current</emph> print job, select the option in <emph>File - Print - %PRODUCTNAME Draw/Impress</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149786" role="listitem"> <emph>Grayscale</emph> converts all colors to a maximum of 256 gradations from black to white. All text will be printed in black. A background set by <emph>Format - Page Style - Background</emph> will not be printed.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145610" role="listitem"> + <paragraph id="par_id3145610" role="listitem"> <emph>Black & white</emph> converts all colors into the two values black and white. All borders around objects are printed black. All text will be printed in black. A background set by <emph>Format - Page Style - Background</emph> will not be printed.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id3153896">Printing Only Text in Black and White</h2> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147559" role="paragraph">In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer you can choose to print color-formatted text in black and white. You can specify this either for all subsequent text documents to be printed, or only for the current printing process.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3147559" role="paragraph">In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer you can choose to print color-formatted text in black and white. You can specify this either for all subsequent text documents to be printed, or only for the current printing process.</paragraph> <h2 id="hd_id3150358">Printing All Text Documents with Black and White Text</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150541" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer</menuitem> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web</menuitem>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3150541" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer</menuitem> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web</menuitem>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147084" role="listitem">Then choose <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3147084" role="listitem">Then choose <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154910" role="listitem">Under <emph>Contents,</emph> mark <emph>Print black</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144762" role="listitem">All text documents or HTML documents will be printed with black text.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154910" role="listitem">Under <emph>Contents,</emph> mark <emph>Print black</emph> and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3144762" role="listitem">All text documents or HTML documents will be printed with black text.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <h2 id="hd_id3148920">Printing the Current Text Document with Black and White Text</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152933" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. Then click the <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer</emph> tab.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3152933" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. Then click the <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer</emph> tab.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149667" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Print text in black</emph> and click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3149667" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Print text in black</emph> and click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <list type="ordered"> </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153726" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp">Printing dialogs</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154146" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline> dialog</link></paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph id="par_id3153726" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp">Printing dialogs</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154146" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01000000.xhp"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline> dialog</link></paragraph> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp index 646c7eda08..aab5e15696 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,12 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguideround_cornerxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Creating Round Corners</title> +<title id="tit">Creating Round Corners</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -31,28 +27,29 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150040"><bookmark_value>corner roundings</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150040"><bookmark_value>corner roundings</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rectangles with round corners</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>legends;rounding corners</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>round corners</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>customizing;round corners</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw made "rectangles;..." a one level entry</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150040" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="round_corner"><link href="text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp">Creating Round Corners</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US">When you insert a rectangle or a callout box using the drawing functions and activate the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, you see a small frame at the upper left corner of the object. The frame indicates the amount by which the corners are rounded. When the frame is positioned at the top left corner, no rounding occurs. When the frame is positioned on the handle centered at the top of the object, the corners are rounded as much as possible. You adjust the degree of rounding by moving the frame between these two positions.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150040"><variable id="round_corner"><link href="text/shared/guide/round_corner.xhp">Creating Round Corners</link> +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156136">When you insert a rectangle or a callout box using the drawing functions and activate the <emph>Points</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, you see a small frame at the upper left corner of the object. The frame indicates the amount by which the corners are rounded. When the frame is positioned at the top left corner, no rounding occurs. When the frame is positioned on the handle centered at the top of the object, the corners are rounded as much as possible. You adjust the degree of rounding by moving the frame between these two positions.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155892"> <tablerow> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US"> -<image id="img_id3150774" src="media/helpimg/hand01.png" width="0.3335inch" height="0.3335inch"><alt id="alt_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US">Mouse pointer as hand</alt> - </image></paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426"> +<image id="img_id3150774" src="media/helpimg/hand01.png" width="0.3335inch" height="0.3335inch"><alt id="alt_id3150774">Mouse pointer as hand</alt></image></paragraph> </tablecell> -<tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148539" xml-lang="en-US">If you place the cursor on the box it changes to a hand symbol. You can now drag the box to change the amount of rounding. An outline shows a preview of the result.</paragraph> +<tablecell> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148539">If you place the cursor on the box it changes to a hand symbol. You can now drag the box to change the amount of rounding. An outline shows a preview of the result.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp#copy_drawfunctions"/> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp#copy_drawfunctions"/> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp index 03ace6bd35..e365cc78d5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp @@ -22,12 +22,12 @@ <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidespace_hyphenxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Non-breaking Spaces, Hyphens and Soft Hyphens</title> +<title id="tit">Inserting Non-breaking Spaces, Hyphens and Soft Hyphens</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155364"><bookmark_value>protected spaces;inserting</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3155364"><bookmark_value>protected spaces;inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>non-breaking spaces;inserting</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spaces; inserting protected spaces</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>soft hyphens;inserting</bookmark_value> @@ -40,23 +40,25 @@ <bookmark_value>protected hyphens</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>exchanging, see also replacing</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155364" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="space_hyphen"><link href="text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp">Inserting Non-breaking Spaces, Hyphens and Soft Hyphens</link> -</variable></paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3155364"><variable id="space_hyphen"><link href="text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp">Inserting Non-breaking Spaces, Hyphens and Soft Hyphens</link> +</variable></h1> <h2 id="hd_id3156136">Non-breaking spaces</h2> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">To prevent two words from being separated at the end of a line, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command key +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008">To prevent two words from being separated at the end of a line, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command key </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl key</defaultinline></switchinline> and the Shift key when you type a space between the words.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id5749687" xml-lang="en-US">In Calc, you cannot insert non-breaking spaces.</paragraph> +<note id="par_id5749687">In Calc, you cannot insert non-breaking spaces.</note> <h2 id="hd_id3146957">Non-breaking hyphen</h2> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148538" xml-lang="en-US">An example of a non-breaking hyphen is a company name such as A-Z. Obviously you would not want A- to appear at the end of a line and Z at the beginning of the next line. To solve this problem, press <keycode>Shift+</keycode><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+ minus</keycode> sign. In other words, hold down the <keycode>Shift</keycode> and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> keys and press the <keycode>minus</keycode> key.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148538">An example of a non-breaking hyphen is a company name such as A-Z. Obviously you would not want A- to appear at the end of a line and Z at the beginning of the next line. To solve this problem, press <keycode>Shift+</keycode><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+ minus</keycode> sign. In other words, hold down the <keycode>Shift</keycode> and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> keys and press the <keycode>minus</keycode> key.</paragraph> <h2 id="hd_id3163802">Replacing hyphens by dashes</h2> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US">In order to enter dashes, you can find under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Options</emph> the <emph>Replace dashes</emph> option. This option replaces one or two hyphens under certain conditions with an en-dash or an em-dash (see <link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp">AutoCorrect Options</link>).</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153561" xml-lang="en-US">For additional replacements see the replacements table under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154749">In order to enter dashes, you can find under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Options</emph> the <emph>Replace dashes</emph> option. This option replaces one or two hyphens under certain conditions with an en-dash or an em-dash (see <link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp">AutoCorrect Options</link>).</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153561">For additional replacements see the replacements table under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph> <emph>- </emph><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp"><emph>Replace</emph></link>. Here you can, among other things, replace a shortcut automatically by a dash, even in another font.</paragraph> <h2 id="hd_id3153825">Soft hyphen</h2> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US">To support automatic hyphenation by entering a soft hyphen inside a word yourself, use the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154306">To support automatic hyphenation by entering a soft hyphen inside a word yourself, use the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+minus</keycode> sign. The word is separated at this position when it is at the end of the line, even if automatic hyphenation for this paragraph is switched off.</paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151245" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">Special characters</link></paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhp#formattingmark"/> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151245"><link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">Special characters</link></paragraph> + <embed href="text/shared/01/formatting_mark.xhp#formattingmark"/> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp index 3dcabedbcd..a17085572f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp @@ -22,28 +22,25 @@ <meta> <topic id="textsharedguidetext_colorxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Changing the Color of Text</title> + <title id="tit">Changing the Color of Text</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156014"><bookmark_value>text; coloring</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3156014"><bookmark_value>text; coloring</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>characters; coloring</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>colors; fonts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fonts;colors</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>MW added two entries from text/shared/01/05020200.xhp and deleted "colors;fill format"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156014" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_color"><link href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp">Changing the Color of Text</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150040" role="paragraph">Click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon to activate a <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#toolbars">toolbar</link> from which you can choose from a range of colors.</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3156014"><variable id="text_color"><link href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp">Changing the Color of Text</link></variable></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id3150040" role="paragraph">Click the arrow next to the <emph>Font Color</emph> icon to activate a <link href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#toolbars">toolbar</link> from which you can choose from a range of colors.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3152801"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156410" role="paragraph"> -<image id="img_id3159233" src="cmd/sc_color.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3159233">Icon</alt> - </image></paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3156410" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id3159233" src="cmd/lc_color.svg" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3159233">Icon Font Color</alt></image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152781" role="paragraph">Font Color</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3152781" role="paragraph">Font Color</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> @@ -51,21 +48,21 @@ <table id="tbl_id3146797"> <tablerow> <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154897" role="paragraph"> -<image id="img_id3150503" src="cmd/sc_fillstyle.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3150503">Icon</alt> - </image></paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3154897" role="paragraph"><image id="img_id3150503" src="cmd/lc_fillstyle.png" width="1cm" height="1cm"><alt id="alt_id3150503">Icon Fill Style</alt></image></paragraph> </tablecell> <tablecell> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149795"><bookmark_value>paint can symbol</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3149795"><bookmark_value>paint can symbol</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149795" role="paragraph">The following only applies to <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer: If you click the icon with a short-click while no text is selected, then the mouse pointer changes its appearance and is displayed as a paint can. Use this paint can symbol with the mouse key pressed to drag across a text area. This text area takes the selected color. The function remains active for as long as the icon is pressed, or until you click without dragging, or until you press the Escape key.</paragraph> +<paragraph id="par_id3149795" role="paragraph">The following only applies to <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer: If you click the icon with a short-click while no text is selected, then the mouse pointer changes its appearance and is displayed as a paint can. Use this paint can symbol with the mouse key pressed to drag across a text area. This text area takes the selected color. The function remains active for as long as the icon is pressed, or until you click without dragging, or until you press the Escape key.</paragraph> </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145120" role="paragraph">The following applies to all modules (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress): Select the text that is to take another color, then click the color you want on the toolbar.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp#formatpaintbrush"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154285" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp">Font color</link></paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3145120" role="paragraph">The following applies to all modules (<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer, Calc, Draw, Impress): Select the text that is to take another color, then click the color you want on the toolbar.</paragraph> + + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp#formatpaintbrush"/> + <paragraph id="par_id3154285" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp">Font color</link></paragraph> + </section> </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file +</helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp index 6699dd6665..aab143fdc0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp @@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148491">The overwrite mode is active. The text cursor is a blinking block. Click on the area to activate insert mode.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related" /> - <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154346"> - <link href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp">Keyboard commands</link> - </paragraph> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154346"><link href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp">Keyboard commands</link></paragraph> +</section> </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file +</helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp index 9226191452..c8e27dc8b1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,9 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/about-us/credits/">See lists of code and Wiki contributors</link> on the LibreOffice website.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp#00000110"/> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp#00000110"/> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp index 8aa08c55ac..8b691d2347 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,11 +16,10 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - <helpdocument version="1.0"> <meta> <topic id="textsharedguideviewing_file_propertiesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Viewing File Properties</title> +<title id="tit">Viewing File Properties</title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp</filename> </topic> <history> @@ -31,20 +28,20 @@ </meta> <body> <section id="chapter_all"> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3152594"><bookmark_value>properties;files</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3152594"><bookmark_value>properties;files</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>files;properties</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>viewing;file properties</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152594" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="viewing_file_properties"><variable id="viewing"><link href="text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp">Viewing File Properties</link> +<h1 id="hd_id3152594"><variable id="viewing_file_properties"><variable id="viewing"><link href="text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp">Viewing File Properties</link> </variable> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US">File properties, such as author name, subject, and keywords, help you manage and identify your documents. $[officename] also tracks file statistics, including the number of words and the number of pages in a document, and automatically adds the statistics as part of the file property.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US">You can view file properties for the current document<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> or for a document in the Windows File Open dialog +</variable></h1> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147399">File properties, such as author name, subject, and keywords, help you manage and identify your documents. $[officename] also tracks file statistics, including the number of words and the number of pages in a document, and automatically adds the statistics as part of the file property.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147834">You can view file properties for the current document<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> or for a document in the Windows File Open dialog </caseinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3159233">To view file properties for the current document:</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153311" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153311">Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> <switch select="sys"> @@ -52,20 +49,22 @@ <h3 id="hd_id3150443">To view file properties for a document listed in the Windows File Open dialog</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3166460" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3166460">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US">Select a file in the list.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154306">Select a file in the list.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145121" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click and choose<emph> Properties</emph>.</paragraph> +<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145121">Right-click and choose<emph> Properties</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> </case> </switch> </section> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp#version_number"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/> + +<section id="relatedtopics"> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/version_number.xhp#version_number"/> + <embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp#doc_save"/> +</section> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp index 96fe54a9b5..5097488800 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <helpdocument version="1.0"> - + <!-- * This file is part of the LibreOffice project. * @@ -18,39 +18,41 @@ * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of * the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 . --> - - + + <meta> <topic id="textsharedguideworkfolderxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Changing Your Working Directory </title> + <title id="tit">Changing Your Working Directory </title> <filename>/text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> <body> <section id="chapter_all"> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150789"><bookmark_value>working directory change</bookmark_value> +<bookmark branch="index" id="bm_id3150789"><bookmark_value>working directory change</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>My Documents folder;changing work directory</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>paths; changing work directory</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>pictures; changing paths</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>changing;work directory</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>work --> working, i85615</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149346" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="workfolder"><link href="text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp">Changing Your Working Directory</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150774" role="paragraph">When you start a dialog to open or save a document, $[officename] initially displays your working directory. To change this directory:</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3149346"><variable id="workfolder"><link href="text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp">Changing Your Working Directory</link> +</variable></h1> + <paragraph id="par_id3150774" role="paragraph">When you start a dialog to open or save a document, $[officename] initially displays your working directory. To change this directory:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153681" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153681" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163802" role="listitem">Click <emph>My Documents </emph>and click the <emph>Edit</emph> button, or double-click on <emph>My Documents</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3163802" role="listitem">Click <emph>My Documents </emph>and click the <emph>Edit</emph> button, or double-click on <emph>My Documents</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153880" role="listitem">In the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialog, choose the working directory you want and click <emph>Select</emph>.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3153880" role="listitem">In the <emph>Select Path</emph> dialog, choose the working directory you want and click <emph>Select</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158430" role="paragraph">You also use this procedure to change the directory displayed by $[officename] when you want to insert a graphic. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths - Images</emph>, then follow step 3.</paragraph> + <paragraph id="par_id3158430" role="paragraph">You also use this procedure to change the directory displayed by $[officename] when you want to insert a graphic. Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths - Images</emph>, then follow step 3.</paragraph> + </section> + + <section id="relatedtopics"> + <paragraph id="par_id3154286" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp">Paths</link></paragraph> </section> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154286" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010300.xhp">Paths</link></paragraph> </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file +</helpdocument> |